Action Pack 7 TB

K INGDO
ITE M
M
HE
OF
THE HAS
JOR
DAN
ON
M
N I
IST
I
RY O AT
F EDUC
Action Pack 7
Seventh Grade
Teachers Book
Virginia Paris
Acknowledgements
The publishers and the writers would like to acknowledge the contribution made by the Review and Adaptation Committee appointed by the
Ministry of Education of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, through their guidance and valued assessment of the materials, to the development of
the New Action Pack 7 course.
Evaluation and Adaptation Committee

Dr Hamza Ali Al-Omary
Dr Hussein Mohammad Yagi
Dr Thaer Issa Tawalbeh
Dr Saleh Hassan Al-Omary
Haifa Hafez Takrouri
Narmin Dawod Al-Azza
Nuha Sulaiman Al-Tarawneh
SGQdG dG e GAk H 2011/7/21 jQH L 2011/4 bQ dGh HdG QGb L TdG fOQCG G SQGe dG Gg jQJ dGh HdG IQGRh Qb
.2012/2011
The Ministry of Education has decided to adopt this book for Jordanian schools in accordance with the approval of the
Board of Education decision No. 4/2011 in its meeting on 21/7/2011 for the 2011/2012 academic year.

. :

.
!" #$ %&
'
()
*
:+"*, -
/
0
12
The authors and publishers are grateful to all those who have given York Press
permission to reproduce copyright material. 322 Old Brompton Road,
London SW5 9JH, England
Dar Al Tarbawiyoun House of Education Ltd and Pearson Education
Ltd 2011 Pearson Education Ltd
All rights reserved; no part of this publication may be reproduced, Edinburgh Gate, Harlow,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, Essex CM20 2JE, England
electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without and associated companies throughout the world.
the prior written permission of the copyright holders.
House of Education Ltd
Woodbourne Hall,
ISBN: 978-614-406-189-3 P.O. Box 916,
Printed 2011 Road Town,
Tortola,
British Virgin Islands
CONTENTS
Scope & Sequence 4
Introduction 6
First Semester
Module 1 What do you do? 16
Module 2 Fighting global warming 30
Module 3 Visiting places 44
Revision Modules 13 58
Second Semester
Module 4 Wonders of the ancient world 60
Module 5 Elementary, my dear Watson! 74
Module 6 Im having fun! 88
Revision Modules 46 102
Reading for fun 104
Activity Book Answer Key 108
Learning and Assessment Strategies 120
Wordlist 127
3
Scope & Sequence
FIRST SEMESTER
Module Structures Functions and Activities Vocabulary
Identifying job routines

Present Simple for
Asking about routines
describing actions
Reporting the dangers of jobs
He runs/She works. Jobs: artist, reman,
Inquiring about a job or sport
Using not with do/ sherman, ight
Comparing jobs and sports
does attendant, journalist,
Following instructions to make a
He does not ... miner, nurse, pilot,
1 periscope
Using do/does to ask policeman, stuntman
What do Revising the time, the days of the week, and
questions
you do? the adverbs of time and frequency Risky sports: horse riding,
Do you/Does he ... ?
Talking/Listening about jobs, activities and mountain biking, rally
Using the linking
routines; driving, rock climbing,
words and and but
Reading about reasons for choosing rock shing, scuba diving
Fadi and Omar like
dangerous jobs/activities;
rally driving but not
Writing an email;
mountain biking.
Pronouncing words ending with -s correctly
Identifying issues related to global

warming
Predicting the future of global warming
Warning against contributing to global
warming Climate change:
Giving advice to slow down global atmosphere, drought,
Imperative
warming Earth, environment,
afrmative and
Advising people how to recycle ood, global warming,
2 negative
Recommending that students join the pollution, storm,
Fighting Walk/Dont play.
Kids Ecology Club temperature, to rain
global Present Simple with
Proposing projects to help the
warming adverbs of frequency
environment Recycling: aluminium,
always, sometimes,
Talking/Listening about global warming; junk mail, ecology,
never
Reading/Talking about what one can do to to preserve, to recycle,
save the Earth; to reuse
Responding to a questionnaire;
Reading about recycling;
Making an advertising campaign project;
Making a poster about recycling at school
Countable and
uncountable nouns
restaurant/tea Identifying what can be bought in a
Markets: antique, food,
There is/are; some/any market
handicrafts, homemade,
afrmative, negative, Expressing preferences about what to nd
inexpensive, market,
interrogative in a museum
outdoor, restaurant, shop,
There are some Giving directions
street, theatre, trader,
3 restaurants. There Reporting about museums
traditional, trafc
Visiting arent any policemen. Identifying features of a place
places Are there any Proposing an eco-friendly transportation
Museums: gallery,
vegetables? plan for a town
ground oor, mummy,
How much/How Pronouncing words ending with -s correctly;
museum, souvenir shop,
many Reading leaets and maps;
treasure, underground
How much cheese do Reading/Talking about places;
station, upper oor
you need? Writing a brochure for a place
How many areas are
there in Souk Jara?
4
SECOND SEMESTER
Module Structures Functions and Activities Vocabulary
Discussing topics related to the wonders
of the ancient world
Seven Wonders:
Describing historical places in the
Past Simple (to be) location, to attract,
Middle East/Jordan
was/were to bury, to decide,
Identifying peoples reasons for
Past Simple to disappear, to receive,
preferring places
afrmative (regular to visit, to vote, unique,
Expressing preferences for places to visit
vebs) wonders
4 Comparing places
explored, lived
Wonders of Following instructions to make a
Past Simple Historical places: ancient,
the ancient diorama of the favourite wonder of the
negative, archaeologist, centre,
world world
interrogative civilisation, famous,
Listening/Talking about ancient wonders of
Petra didnt lose its historian, journey,
the world;
ancient glory. monument, Nabatean,
Reading about Petra as a world wonder;
Did archaeologists to construct, to discover,
Reading about the list of the Seven Wonders
build the Pyramids? to explore, to welcome,
of the world;
traveller, visitor
Pronouncing words ending with -d correctly;
Writing a report
Past Simple (irregular

verbs) Describing issues related to detectives
sit, stand, think, give Identifying qualities of a detective
The comparative Responding to a narrative Qualities: intelligent,
older, wiser, more/less Predicting events in a story kind, logical, pleasant,
famous Suggesting solutions to problematic professional, wise
5
The superlative events
Elementary,
the oldest, the hottest, Following instructions to write a Detecting: conclusion,
my dear
the most famous detective story method, police ofcer,
Watson!
Regular and irregular Listening/Reading about detection for gist ransom, suspect, to cover
comparatives and and details; up, to investigate,
superlatives Discussing a story; to kidnap, victims
good/better than/the Solving a mystery;
best; bad/worse than/ Writing a detective story
the worst
Identifying issues related to adventure

tourism and ecotourism
Describing places to visit in ones
country Tourism: adventure
Present Continuous Narrating the events of a holiday
holiday, beach holiday,
afrmative, negative, Expressing opinions about reasons for
travel ecotourism, sandcastle,
6 and interrogative
Evaluating ones own actions tourism
Im having Im resting.
fun! Im not studying. Comparing events
Holiday activities: to lie,
Are you watching TV? Designing a tourist brochure
Talking about holidays and travel; to relax, to rest,
Listening/Reading about travel for gist and to sunbathe, to swim
details;
Conversing about an ideal holiday;
Writing a newspaper article
5
Introduction
Action Pack is an English course for upper-basic-level students in Jordan. This level is for Grade 7. Each level of
Action Pack includes a Students Book, an Activity Book, a Teachers Book and a cassette.
These materials are based on the General Framework and Outcomes of English Curricula in Jordan, where
this language is regarded as a foreign language. In accordance with the English Curricula Outcomes of the
Jordanian Ministry of Education, the Action Pack materials have approached these skills in an integrated way
in terms of the tasks and activities for both learners and teachers. Therefore, the outcomes appearing at the
beginning of each module harmonise with and are relevant to the integration of these skills and interactivity
between learners and teachers.
Key components of Action Pack 7

The Students Book
Action Pack 7 has an extremely exible approach. It can be used according to a school timetable that offers
from three to ve periods per week.
The Students Book consists of six modules, each of which is divided into six sections: Presentation and
Outcomes, Theme, Skills focus, Communication Workshop, Language Development and Project.
Module Presentation and Outcomes

Outcomes
Every module starts with a list of outcomes so students always know what they are going to learn. This list is
presented by a robot who demonstrates the topic of the module by the screen on the front of his body and by
another feature on his head or in his hands (e.g. Module 1: a picture of an airport on the screen and a pilots
cap on the head).
This list of outcomes helps students evaluate their performance at the end of each module.
Before you start

The teacher asks a series of questions that helps students focus on the module theme, encouraging discussion
and class participation.
Dictionary work
This task promotes students autonomy and encourages them to be responsible for their own learning. The
words in the Dictionary pages provide the active vocabulary for the lesson and are recycled in the following
lessons and modules. Listening to new words as they are played on the cassette encourages students to
pronounce them correctly.
6
Module Theme
Before you start
Students use the notes they have taken in the previous lesson in a new situation. Sometimes dictionary work
is part of this section.
Reading
Students read about the module theme. They are encouraged to expand upon the information and the
vocabulary learnt in the previous lesson.
Grammar
Action Pack 7 teaches grammar in context and encourages students to work out the grammar rules themselves.
In the Language Development section, students check their hypotheses.
Over to you ...

Students can nd this at the end of the Grammar section. It provides a way for students to apply the
vocabulary and the grammar that they have learnt to their own life experiences.
Skills focus
The four skills reading, listening, speaking and writing are the centre of this section, emphasising practice
and production of language. This section provides plenty of opportunities for students to develop
critical-thinking skills and express their own opinions.
Find the words

This exercise enhances students reading skills and helps them build vocabulary by words they have previously
learnt from their denition. The words are afterwards found in the reading on the following page.
What do you think?

These are usually quotations or proverbs which provide an opportunity for light discussion and cultural
comparison.
Communication Workshop
The aim of this section is for students to actively practise and recycle the vocabulary and grammar learnt in
the module and in previous ones. Developing students self-sufciency, autonomy and responsibility is one of
the main objectives of Action Pack 7, but promoting solidarity and a healthy group work atmosphere is no less
important. Most of the activities of this section are based on group and pair work.
Language Development
This section consolidates the grammar and vocabulary that students have encountered in the module. The
aim of consolidation in Action Pack 7 is to develop grammatical knowledge and lexical accuracy. The Language
Development section also provides a good opportunity to revisit the difcult words and structures introduced
in the module.
?
Those boxes are found at the end of every Language Development section of every module. They are generally
problem-solving exercises based on the theme of the module. Students will have to do research on the
Internet to know the answer to some of them. Refer to page 122 of the Teachers Book for more details and
examples about problem solving.
7
Project
Each module ends with a project that students do in pairs or in groups. Refer to page 120 of the Teachers
Book for more details and examples about project-based learning.
Before you start

Students learn what materials they need in order to do the project.
Your task is ...

Students learn what the aim of the project is.
A Your rst assignment / B Your second assignment

Students learn the steps they need to go through to do their project.
Revision
There are two revision sections, one after every third module. These are designed to help students check their
progress in a relaxed atmosphere. These activities can also be done after every module, depending on the
teachers and students needs. A global Progress check at the end of each revision lesson enables each student
to record his or her progress after recycling and decide whether or not they need any further practice.
Reading for Fun

An abridged short story offers students access to a literary work at an appropriate level and also gives them
a sense of achievement. Notes about the source of the story and exercises to develop the four skills provide
opportunities for further practice.
It is recommended that you teach this section at the end of the year.
Grammar Notes
Detailed notes of the grammatical structures students have learnt during the year, presented in the
appropriate language and to be used for revision, are provided at the end of the Students Book.
The Activity Book

The main purpose of the Activity Book is to practise the grammar and vocabulary learnt in the module.
The modules are divided into different sections.
I remember ...
This section helps teachers identify students strong and weak points at the beginning of the year and later to
evaluate what they have learnt throughout the year.
First section
The exercises in this section are based on recognition of the vocabulary and structures introduced in the
module. They are especially devised for weaker students in multi-level groups.
Second section
The exercises in this section present a higher degree of complexity as they require actual use of the vocabulary
and structures introduced in the module.
Third section
This section is to be done as further practice, building on the Communication Workshop in the Students Book.
8
Fourth section
This section focuses on writing. Different types of discourse are introduced. The use of punctuation marks,
conjunctions or linking words and spelling are presented and practised here.
What I have learnt

At the end of each module there is a test of the vocabulary and grammar taught, which helps students assess
their own learning and make them aware of what points they need to revise.
The Teachers Book

The Teachers Book provides clear instructions for, as well as the answers to, the exercises in the Students
Book and in the Activity Book, as well as the audioscripts of the dialogues and other listening activities in
each module.
The objective boxes at the beginning of each lesson highlight the outcomes that the students are expected to
reach. They help you choose the exercises which are best for classroom use and for homework, and the best
point at which to stop the development of a module, depending on the number of hours you have.
Optional activities appear at the end of each section and can be used if you have spare time at the end of a
lesson, or if you feel your students need extra practice.
The Class Cassette

The class cassette includes all the dialogues and other listening activities in the Students Book and in the
Activity Book.
Key Features
Flexibility
Action Pack 7 is an extremely exible course especially designed to be used within a school language-learning
context. It can accommodate courses of three to ve periods per week.
Topic-based modules
Action Pack 7 consists of thematic modules based on a carefully graded language syllabus and a restricted
application of Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL). This approach makes it possible for students
to develop all four language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing, while using them to learn about
subjects such as geography, history, ecology and literature.
Students have the opportunity to listen, read, talk and write about unusual jobs and activities (Module 1),
ecology and the environment (Module 2), markets, museums, and other places in the city (Module 3), ancient
cities and wonders of the world (Module 4), great detectives (Module 5) and travelling on Earth (Module 6).
Within each module, there are six sections which develop different aspects of the modules theme. These
sections are organised around the development of the four language skills: listening, speaking, reading and
writing. For example, in Module 4, the Past Simple is introduced to talk about ancient cities and ancient,
as well as modern, wonders of the world. Students then write a report on a world wonder of their choice,
making a project and an oral presentation on it.
Collaborative learning
In Action Pack 7, the teaching of English is viewed as a process of developing and enhancing students
ability to learn effectively as individuals and collaboratively in groups. Individual, pair and group work
tasks are carefully combined. Refer to page 121 of the Teachers Book for more details and examples about
collaborative learning.
9
Multi-level approach
The existence of different levels of experience and knowledge of English among students is often one of the
sources of tension in the classroom.
The Activity Book helps to improve this situation by providing extra practice at two different levels (First
section recognition; Second section production). It complements the material in the Students Book by
providing clear and complete writing rules (spelling, use of capitals and punctuation marks, linking words,
style, etc.) which helps those students who need extra help in developing their writing skills.
Careful and frequent evaluation and assessment

Students learning is a continuous process which has to be constantly assessed, so their progress should be
continually recorded. This is why, at the end of the Revision Lessons which occur after every third module,
students are asked to keep a record of their own evaluation by lling in the Progress check.
Moreover, the Activity Book provides you with the tools you need to evaluate students achievements.
It includes:
An Entrance Test, I remember..., which provides you with the points your students need to reinforce or learn
before being able to tackle Action Pack 7.
A self-assessment table at the end of every module.
At the end of the Teachers Book, there is a section entitled Assessment Strategies. It suggests various strategies
for use in the classroom, such as checklists, graphic organisers and Likert scales. This section also refers to
activities for each strategy from the Students Book. It is also followed by a few assessment tools which you
can use in the activities you nd suitable.
Clear teachers notes

The Teachers Book provides you with a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to help you use the Students
Book. However, as the class teacher, you may want to make your own adjustments where necessary.
The notes for each lesson are structured as follows:
A summary box includes:
the outcomes of the lesson;
the materials you need;
clear notes as to the exercises to be done in class, those to be set as homework and where to introduce a
break, according to whether you have three, four or ve periods of English per week;
additional comments that identify particular difculties students may nd when practising the grammar
point.
As a rule, English is to be used to explain new grammar structures and vocabulary. However, you may use the
students mother tongue whenever you think it is necessary in the interest of clarity and understanding.
You can always add different examples or ask students to research something. Whenever possible, you should
encourage them to use the school library, an encyclopaedia or the Internet.
Complete audioscripts are provided for every listening activity on the cassette.
The answers to the exercises in the Students Book are in the Lesson notes. The answers to the exercises in
the Activity Book are at the back of the Teachers Book.
To help you plan your teaching, the summary box in the Teachers Book includes a reference to the
corresponding pages in the Activity Book.
At the end of the Teachers Book there is a section entitled Learning Strategies. It presents the following
strategies: Project-based Learning, Cooperative/Collaborative Learning, Activity-based Learning, Prediction,
Questionnaire, Problem Solving and Jigsaw.
10
Teaching Action Pack 7
Teaching listening
Action Pack 7 provides plenty of opportunities for listening to native speakers.
Remember, however, that you are the students closest model and you need to follow some simple rules:
Speak slowly and clearly, and look at students when you speak.
Do not speak while you are writing on the board it is essential that students see your face when you
speak.
When you are teaching new vocabulary, play the recording at least three times before asking them to say it.
Do not allow students to speak while you are speaking.
Encourage students to listen to one another when they are speaking and reading aloud.
Try to be positive: praising those who are paying attention is more productive than admonishing those who
are not.
At the end of this grade, students will be able to:
develop strategies of active listening to conrm meaning in simple discussions and presentations;
demonstrate understanding of simple instructions, discussions and roleplays in realistic contexts.
Teaching speaking
Action Pack 7 provides plenty of opportunities for talking. It helps you to:
Encourage students to use English in their classroom exchanges to make them feel condent.
Encourage students to participate in the class and group discussions and presentations, and to act out
dialogues. Provide them with variation in their practice by having them act out their dialogues with
different characters or by imagining new ones. Introduce different intonation patterns like surprise,
politeness, anger, friendliness, unfriendliness and so on.
speak new English words and sentences clearly and correctly;
use new words and sentences to participate in simple discussions and conversations in authentic contexts;
take part in well-prepared simple presentations to the class.
Teaching reading
The passages in each module and the extensive reading section Reading for fun at the end of Action Pack 7
Students Book provide useful controlled reading practice.
Do not hesitate to use the ? section to set extra reading tasks that will allow your students to read real
passages with a communicative purpose.
use reading strategies to understand simple authentic informational and literary reading materials;
demonstrate understanding of simple informational and literary reading materials (e.g. interviews,
brochures, etc.);
make connections between prior knowledge and experiences and simple authentic informational and
literary reading materials (e.g. websites, interviews, brochures, etc.).
11
Teaching writing
Encourage good spelling by doing the vocabulary sections in the Students Book and the Activity Book.
Show your students that learning punctuation and the use of linking words is of extreme importance.
Whenever possible, ask your students to do the exercises in Communication Workshop in the
Students Book and Fourth section in the Activity Book.
Take advantage of students enthusiasm and artistic skills. Have them do all the writing exercise, and
whenever possible display their work on the classroom walls.
gather information and ideas from print and electronic sources to organise and write in simple authentic
contexts;
write 23 paragraphs for specic simple purposes and audiences such as short reports, narrative
accounts and presentations;
use appropriate organisational patterns to create simple authentic written work;
revise written work for clarity, correctness and coherence with the assistance of peers and teachers;
apply knowledge of the conventions of language (e.g. spelling, punctuation, grammar and usage).
Hints for various classroom activities

Your role as a teacher is to facilitate the students learning processes specially in the novel techniques used
in the modern EFL classroom. These include the use of roleplay in developing communicative skills,
i.e. roleplaying, writing brochures, using notebooks efciently and referring to dictionaries.
Roleplaying
The use of roleplay has many advantages. It gives students the opportunity to practise the language
they have learned in open-ended, realistic situations. It also allows them to hide behind an imaginary
personality, thereby liberating them to express themselves in the target language in ways that they might
nd more difcult when being themselves.
The choice of scenario or situation for the roleplay is very important. The scenario needs to be interesting
and relevant to the students. It also needs to be within their linguistic reach. The emphasis should be on
practising vocabulary and structures rather than on introducing new material, although a few new words
may need to be identied and rehearsed to make the roleplay work well. The Students Book includes a
number of roleplay scenarios (pages 12, 20, 70 and 85).
If you nd that your students enjoy and benet from the roleplays in the Students Book, you may decide
to design some of your own. Each participant writes notes on cards to remember what he/she has to
say. These are called cuecards. The notes on the cuecard should be specic enough to give the students a
clear idea of their roles, and should include all the information they will need; but the notes should also
be general enough to allow the students freedom to approach the problem and to decide precisely what
language to use.
It can be useful to introduce a conict or problem into the situation. This makes the roleplay activity less
mechanical and more open-ended. For example, a customer in a shop asks for items on a shopping list, but
the salesperson does not have all the items on the list, and has to apologise or offer alternative products.
Students may need some input from the teacher or from one another as preparation for the roleplay itself.
This may involve pairs or groups noting words, ideas and structures that will be useful, or a whole-class
brainstorming session, with prompts written on the board.
Once all the above groundwork has been completed, the prompts prepared and the target language
identied, the roles can be assigned to individual students. You may ask one group to model the roleplay in
front of the whole class before other groups attempt it, or you may have a number of groups practising their
roleplays simultaneously before selected groups perform in front of others.
When the roleplay activity is nished, allow students to comment in a positive way on one anothers
performance. You may use this opportunity to make general remarks about language errors and offer
corrections, but do not single out individuals who have made those errors, and certainly do not interrupt
any of the roleplay performances to correct students grammar or use of vocabulary. Finally, you could invite
students to tell the class what they have learned by watching and participating in the roleplay activity.
12
You may use the following checklist for answering the students performance:
Assessment of individual students contribution to roleplay activity

Criterion Excellent Procient Adequate Limited
Achievement of purpose
Participation in presentation
Portrayal of character
Interaction with other participants
Fluency of speech
Accuracy of speech
Use of non-verbal cues (tone of voice,
eye contact, body language)
Use of costumes / props
Writing a brochure
Brochures are usually intended to persuade customers to buy products or services, or to provide public
service or educational information. The rst task when planning a brochure is to decide on its purpose. In
the three instances in the Students Book where students are asked to write a brochure (pages 36, 39, 77
and 85) the purpose of the brochure is explicitly stated (describing an eco-friendly public transportation
system; describing a place Ibn Battuta visited; telling what Ali saw in Jordan).
The second task in the process is to identify the audience. Who is expected to read the brochure and why?
Answering these questions will determine the language level, tone and register of the language content of
the brochure.
Next, students should write down what they already know about the theme of the brochure, whether this
information is taken from their general knowledge, their prior experience, or directly from reading their
textbook.
At this stage, it is a good idea for students to collect and bring to class any brochures that they can nd,
either at home or at outlets such as tourist information ofces. Even if the content of such brochures is
quite different from the ones that students are attempting to make, the existing brochures will provide
useful ideas for design, font and layout, which students may decide to incorporate in their own work.
Students then conduct any research necessary to expand and develop the information in their brochure.
Students need to work together to produce a list of what needs to be included in the brochure.
Assessment of individual students contribution to brochure writing

Criterion Excellent Procient Adequate Limited
Headings/Subheadings
Content/Ideas
Layout/Artwork
Language/Structure
Next, students draft headings, subheadings and the main text. When they are fairly sure of the text they
want to include, they should begin to think about the design and layout features of the brochure, including
artwork. The prepared text will almost certainly need to be edited to t the layout.
When the design and editing processes are nished, and the students are satised with the result, it is time
to print the brochure and fold it into its nal shape.
The previously agreed checklist can then be used for self-, peer or teacher assessment.
13
Using notebooks
You should encourage students to be active participants in the classroom. One way to do this is to
encourage them to use notebooks resourcefully.
Notebooks serve various purposes. First, students are expected to do the exercises in the Students Book
on notebooks. Theyll have more space to present the answers neatly using the margins and freedom to
manipulate the presentation of the answers, i.e. according to module or page.
Second, encourage your students to write down any notes they take from reading texts, class discussions or
any other activity. Tell them that note taking is an active process. They have to be actively involved in the
process of listening or reading and to decide what to note down. They have to be selective and brief; they
can achieve this by concentrating on key words and not whole structures. Tell them it is a very benecial
study skill that serves various purposes:
summary notes give an overview of a topic
memory notes help students retain information
revision notes are a good source for revision
Tell students that they can take notes in different ways.
charting a graph or a ow chart is used for processes; a table is used for facts
outlining headings and subheadings using Roman numerals (I, II, III, ), the alphabet (A, B, C, )
and Arabic numerals (1, 2, 3, )
mapping a tree structure with the purpose in the middle and ideas in the branches
sentence method a number of sentences, each of an idea
SQ3R Survey, Question, Read, Recite and Review. The material is surveyed for ideas; ideas are put in
question form; the text is read; notes are taken under headings; a summary is made from memory; and
nally notes are reviewed
guided notes handouts with missing information to be lled in
Remind your students that they dont need to take notes of every single idea and certainly not to duplicate
notes of any texts or handouts they already have.
Here its worth noting the difference between note-taking and note-making. While the rst refers to jotting
down notes from an activity youre encountering for the rst time to use it later, note-making is the use
of these notes to do another activity, such as planning for a discussion of your own, writing your own
paragraph or essay, etc
Third, notebooks can be an excellent store for new vocabulary encountered in reading tasks. Encourage
students to spare a specic section in the notebook for a personal glossary. Here they store challenging
words and expressions that they think would be of use to them as active vocabulary in their writing tasks.
For each word, they may choose to include the denition, part of speech, the meaning in Arabic and a
sentence that has the word. Give them some freedom to choose the words and the way of writing them,
i.e. alphabetically, according to modules or topics.
Students can also gather idioms and proverbs that are new and interesting for them to learn. Such study
skill habits make students see themselves as active participants in their own learning.
Using dictionaries
Make sure students know the purpose of using a dictionary:
to nd the meaning of words
to check spelling
to pronounce words correctly
Ask them general questions about how they think a dictionary is organised and whether there might be
any difculties using it. Make sure they know the alphabetical sequence (use games, songs, recitations,
etc.). Guide them through classroom activities to help them become familiar with the dictionary, e.g. where
to nd words beginning with b (beginning of dictionary) as opposed to words beginning with t (end of
dictionary). Other activities are putting words in a list in alphabetical order, putting books according to titles
or authors in alphabetical order.
Encourage your students to use a dictionary only when they need to. To nd a word, students look at the
upper top left-hand and right-hand corner of the page. Words are printed in large bold type. The rst of
these two words shows you which is the rst word on that page; the second shows you which is the last
word to be found on that page. If the rst letters of two words are the same, they need to look at the next
letters to decide the correct order.
14
Once they have found the word they are looking for, they need to know what information they nd:
1. the dened word;
2. the phonological transcription of the word (the pronunciation, a note if it is American or British);
3. the part of speech, for example n. refers to noun, v. refers to verb (students need to look for the list of
abbreviation in the dictionary);
4. denition(s) of the word. If there is more than one denition, the different meanings will be separated
by numbers. Students need to refer to the context to know which meaning is the one intended;
5. an example sentence using the dened word.
Here is an example entry from a dictionary:
civilisation BrE; civilization AmE /sIvIlaizeiSn/ n. 1 a society that is well organised and developed; the ancient
civilisation of Greece 2 the comfort and convenience of modern life; the civilisation of the city
Note that students should not rely on dictionaries a lot. Encourage them to develop their own strategies
to guess the meaning of the word, its part of speech, etc. and to create their own dictionary.
Establishing the right atmosphere in the classroom

Establishing a positive working atmosphere throughout the school year is essential. When students feel
encouraged, they become more involved, interested and responsible in the learning process. As a result, the
class works better; and the better a class functions as a whole, the more students will progress. The following
are three areas which allow the building of a good atmosphere:
Rapport building
It is very important for you to build a rapport with your students. When you show care and respect,
students will respond in the same manner. This will feed into a positive classroom environment that reduces
misbehaviour.
Classroom organisation
Maintain a well-organised classroom through the following steps to maintain success.
Follow a seating chart that you may vary every month or quarter to allow students different opportunities.
Place the desks in a way to secure easy movement for you and for your students.
Assign locations in the classroom for students to pick up extra work and missed assignments, and to hand in
assignments.
Make sure the students have easy access to material they need for their tasks.
Post all procedures students need to know or refer to on the wall or the bulletin board.
Post important events, such as national celebrations or school events on the classroom calendar.
Keep record of students attendance, tasks and achievements to refer to when needed.
Classroom climate
Follow the steps below to develop and maintain a positive classroom climate.
Guide students to share learning experiences in group work to encourage a cooperative attitude among
them.
Help students respect all people of different races, genders and abilities.
Agree with your students on acceptable standards of behaviour youd like them to acquire and model the
behaviour yourself in the classroom.
Lead students into the processes of critical thinking, self-development, study skills and problem solving.
15
LE
DU
MO
What do you do?

The outcomes of this module are:
To predict the meanings of new vocabulary items Ask students what they do on different days of
To talk about peoples jobs, sports and routines the week. Take the opportunity to revise the
To listen to people talk about their jobs time, the days of the week and the months of
To read about peoples reasons for choosing dangerous jobs the year.
or sports
To review the time and the days of the week Ask students the names of different jobs or
To practise the Present Simple tense to talk about your own occupations they know. Write them on the
routines and sports board.
To write an email
To make a periscope Ask students if they know any dangerous jobs or
sports and the people who do them.
Lesson 1
Before you start
The outcomes of this lesson are: Ask students to guess the meaning of the word
To use context to guess the meanings of new words pilot if they do not know it. Take this opportunity
To talk about jobs to begin the revision of the Present Simple by
Materials asking Do you often travel by plane? Do you like
Students Book pages 45 travelling by plane? Do you like airports?
Dictionaries
Glossary Activity Book pages 6970
Cassette DU
LE
MO
How to go about the material:

Exercise 3 can be set as homework.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity.
Before you start the rst lesson, introduce yourself

as the teacher of the English language and try to
yo u d o ?
get to know some students.
h a t d o
After establishing a healthy environment in the
classroom, introduce the students to the Students
W
Book and the Activity Book and give them a Outcomes
few minutes to leaf through the books and get You will be ab
le to:
of new
a general idea of the books structure and the predic t th e meanings
ry ite m s
vocabula orts
different topics they deal with. Then start the rst talk about pe
oples jobs, sp
lesson. and routines their jobs
le talk about
listen to peop on s for
ople s re as
Students Book pages 45 read about pe s jobs or spor
ts
da ng er ou
choosing da ys of the
e an d th e
review the tim
week ple tense
Teaching tips practise the
Present Sim
n ro utines and
yo ur ow
to talk about
Ask students to read the title of the module, to sports
l
look at the pictures on pages 45 and to tell you write an emai
t: M ak e a periscope
Projec
what they think the module is about. Explain
that What do you do? is one of the questions 1
we may ask when we want to know the job or 4
occupation of a person.
Read through the outcomes of the module with
the students.
16
Page 5, Exercise 2
Play the cassette again and ask students to
double-check the notes they wrote down in
exercise 1.
Put the students in pairs and ask them to check the
meanings of the words in the Activity Book glossary
o? NAME: Ka
Kere
n em
JOB: Pilo Ri
t
dley
Mahmou
d
or in the classroom dictionary. You can refer to the
Teachers Book introduction page 14 to teach the
students how to use the dictionary.
3 F
Fol
Follow
ol the instructions
tions
ns b
bel
below.
elow
ow.
w.
Students exchange the meanings with the whole
class.
Work in a group. Look at the
man in the picture above.
Before you start What does he do? Imagine Page 5, Exercise 3
Look at the pictures. you were this man. Write
Do you like travelling down some notes about your
by plane? Do you like routine: What time do you
Put students in groups of three or four. Read the
airports? begin work? Where do you instructions to the class. Clarify all doubts by asking
fly? Are you happy with your
the questions to different students in different
1 Listen to the words below in
job? Is it interesting, boring,
groups. Remind them that they will have to talk as
context. Try to guess their meanings. challenging? Use the words
in the box to describe your
everyday routine.
if they were pilots.
Give the groups some time to write down notes
answering the questions. Refer to page 14 of
4 In a group, discuss different jobs
the Teachers Book to guide students in using
2 Listen again and check your and grade them on a scale from 0
guesses in the Activity Book glossary
pages 6970 or in the classroom
to 10, in which 0 is boring and 10 is
exciting. Then choose one and think
notebooks.
dictionary. of a daily routine for it.
Ask students from different groups to read their
5
notes. Tell the groups to keep their notes.
1 Answers
Page 5, Exercise 1 Students own answers
Page 5, Exercise 4
Ask students to give you the names of all the jobs
and occupations they know and write them on the
Tell the students that they will be listening to the board.
words in the orange box used in context and that Students work in groups as in exercise 3. Tell
they have to try to guess their meanings through students to carry out the rst task using the jobs
the context. and occupations on the board. Give them time to
Play the cassette and ask students to write the key do the task.
terms that are important to the meaning. Guide Have the different groups read their notes and give
students to focus, while listening, on nouns, verbs explanations as to their grading of the jobs.
and adjectives. These are called lexical words
that indicate the gist meaning of sentences. Then have each group choose one of the
Prepositions and articles are not as important in occupations and write a routine for it.
conveying meaning. Then in pairs, students check Have each group read the routine for their chosen
their answers and correct each others mistakes. occupation.
Answers
Audioscript
Students own answers
1 We always think that the life of an airline pilot is
exciting and never boring.
2 Why do some people risk their lives and do dangerous Remember!
Remind students to bring their notes on exercise 3 to
activities and jobs?
the following class!
3 I make sure it is safe to y and that there isnt any
problem. Optional Activity
4 I love my job. It is very interesting.
Ask students to pick an activity they wouldnt
5 Is your job boring or challenging?
choose for a job in the future. Let them write down
reasons for that. Then, students share their ideas
with the class.
17
Module 1
Lessons 2 and 3
A day in the life of a pilot
t
The outcomes of these lessons are: a y i n t h e li fe o f a pi lo
A d
To listen to a timetable
To determine the meanings of words in context related to 1 Read the following paragraph, then listen and answer.
We always think that the life of an airline pilot is exciting and never
pilots and ying Before you start
In pairs, check
boring. But is this true? What does a pilot do before the aeroplane
takes off? What does he do after landing? Lets listen to the Jordanian
To practise the Present Simple tense (afrmative, negative your notes about
pilot, Kareem Mahmoud.
the life of a pilot.
and interrogative) 2 Do your notes match Kareems routine? In what way are they
similar? In what way are they different?
To pronounce words accurately
3 Listen to Kareem Mahmoud again and ll in the missing verbs in
To pronounce the nal -s of the 3rd person singular in the his timetable.
Present Simple
To talk about students and other peoples everyday
a 9.50 p.m.: I check in with my airline.
activities NAME: Karim
Ken Ridley
JOB: Pilot
mahmoud
b 10.00 p.m.: I the ight details.

c 10.05 p.m.: I the plane.
Teaching tips d 10.35 p.m.: The plane .
It is normal for students to experience two difculties e 03.05 a.m.: We in Sao Paulo.
when practising the Present Simple:
the -s of the 3rd person singular; 4 Listen
Li t tto K
Kareem MMahmoud
h d one more ti
time and d write
it d
down
the words he uses from the box below. In pairs, try to guess their
the use of the auxiliary do/does for the negative and the meanings.
interrogative.
Do not expect students to overcome these two difculties at
the very beginning.
Materials 6
Students Book pages 68

Cassette
Audioscript
Activity Book: Module 1 pages 68
Kareem Mahmoud: I often hear the question: What
does a pilot do every day? This is what I do every
Exercises 5 and 7 can be set as homework and exercise 8
Sunday.
as an introduction to the following class.
9.50 p.m.: I leave the airport hotel in Madrid. I always
arrive at the airport an hour before my ight and I check
in with my airline.
Students Book page 6
10.00 p.m.: I print the weather forecast. I check the
Before you start aeroplane, the ight details and the passengers.
10.05 p.m.: I get on the plane and the ight attendants
Ask students to go over the notes on the pilots get the cabin ready. The passengers get on the plane. I
routine they wrote in exercise 3 on page 5. make sure it is safe to y.
Ask some students to read their imagined routines 10.35 p.m.: The passengers are in their seats. The doors
to the whole class. close. The plane is ready to take off. A few minutes later,
were in the sky!
Page 6, Exercise 1 03.05 a.m.: Its Monday morning and we land in Sao
Paulo, in Brazil. I do not y again on the same day. A
Read the task to the students. If necessary, write pilot does not y more than 100 hours a month. I go to
the questions on the board for students to check a hotel to eat and sleep.
while they listen to the cassette.
Play the cassette once. Check comprehension by
asking simple questions, e.g. What day is Kareem
describing? Where does his ight start? Where does
it end? What time does his workday begin? etc.
Play it as many times as necessary for students to
answer the questions in the rubric.
18
Module 1
Answers Refer to Activity Book page 6, exercise 1.
Before the aeroplane takes off, Kareem: In this exercise students are going to practise the
- arrives at the airport an hour before his ight. vocabulary they have learnt in the Students Book.
- checks in with his airline. Ask students to work individually or in pairs. Give
- prints the weather forecast. them time to do the exercise. While students are
- checks the aeroplane, the ight details and the working, walk around the class and offer help where
passengers. needed.
- gets on the plane and makes sure it is safe to y.
- makes the plane take off. Students Book page 7
After landing, Kareem:
- goes to a hotel to eat and sleep.
The Present Simple (negative)
4 Complete the sentences about Salma in the
The Present Simple (afrmative)
Page 6, Exercise 2 1 Complete this paragraph with the verbs in
tables with do not, does not, is not and are
not.
the correct form. Negative with do/does not
Ask students to go over their notes from the Salma (1) ______ work during the day.
previous class again,

n f a pi lo tthem
timeocomparing
t h ethisli fe
time to talk to
d a y i Nurses (2) ______ have people during
A
with Kareems. the day.
Negative with is/are not

Have a class discussion about the similarities and Salma (3) ________ a doctor.
People in the alone at
differences. hospital
(4) ________
night.
5 Sami is a sherman. Read what he says
Answers about his job, and then rewrite this

paragraph with the correct form of the
verbs.
Salma (1) is a nurse. She
Page 6, Exercise 3 (2) at night.

Salma: I (3) my job. At
Read the timetable on page 6. Give students night, I (4) time to talk to
some time to familiarise themselves with it and people. And people (5)
Hi! Im Sami! I (1) be
an engineering
but I (2) work as
they (6) not alone.
student in California,
allow them to ask questions in order to check a sherman during the
summer. You
erience to be
comprehension. 2 Listen and put these verbs in the (3) not need a lot of exp
g boat. People
corresponding group. a sherman on a shin
sherman
Explain that you are going to play the cassette (4) think that a good
it (6) not be
(5) not get seasick. But
again and that students will have to ll in the true !
blanks with the corresponding verb in each /z/

runs
/s/
helps
/iz/
watches Example
sentence. Hi! Im Sami! I am an engineering student
in California ...
3 Listen again and repeat these verbs.
Play the cassette. Give students some time to
complete the sentences.
77
Check the answers with the whole class.
Answers
a. check in; b. tells; c. get on; d. take off; e. land Grammar
The Present Simple (afrmative)
Page 6, Exercise 4
Page 7, Exercise 1
Tell the students that they will listen to Kareem
Mahmoud again but will have to listen selectively You may begin this activity by asking condent
in order to nd the words used in the box. When students such questions as What does your father
they nish writing them in their notebook, they do? Where does he work? Students are expected to
work in groups checking whether they have missed answer in full sentences using the Present Simple
any words. tense. Do not correct them yet if they misuse the
Play the cassette and ask students to try and work Present Simple.
out the meanings of these words from the context
in which they are used. Then, they work in the Have students do the exercise individually. Then
same groups again checking their answers. You can ask them to check their answers in pairs by having
play the cassette one more time if they need to them take turns reading the different sentences in
check some of the meanings they dont agree on. the paragraph.
Answers
airport, aeroplane, airline, ight, ight attendant,
passengers, cabin, to check in, to take off, to land,
weather forecast, every day, always, Sunday, Monday
19
Module 1
If students made mistakes when putting the verbs The Present Simple (negative)
in the correct form (3rd person singular), pick some
other familiar verbs and write their innitive form
Page 7, Exercise 4
on the board. Then ask volunteers to think of Do the rst sentence with the class and clarify to
sentences that include one of these verbs in the 3rd students that all the sentences have their meanings
person singular form. implied in the paragraph about Salma in exercise 1.
For example, Salma does not work during the day
Answers has its meaning implied in the afrmative sentence
1. is; 2. works; 3. like; 4. have; 5. feel; 6. are She works nights.
Students work in pairs completing the sentences.
They then switch partners and check the answers.
Page 7, Exercise 2 They should justify the corrections to the mistakes
their partner has made.
Pronunciation rules:
After that, ask volunteers to make sentences about
The 3rd person -s of verbs ending in voiced sounds (e.g. themselves similar to the ones in the tables, e.g.
/b/, /d/, /g/, /v/, /l/, /m/, /n/, /r/, all vowels) is I do not go to school in summer; Dad is not a pilot ...
pronounced /z/.
The 3rd person -s of verbs ending in voiceless sounds Answers
(e.g. /p/, /t/, /f/, /k/) is pronounced /s/. 1. does not; 2. do not; 3. is not; 4. are not
The 3rd person -s of verbs ending in sounds like /z/, /s/,
/dZ/, //, /t/, /ks/ is pronounced /iz/.
Page 7, Exercise 5
Read the three examples (/rnz/, /helps/, /wOtiz/). Ask students to read the paragraph individually.
Ask the students what they notice about the Then, give them a few minutes to rewrite it with
pronunciation of the 3rd person -s. You may ask the correct form of the verbs.
volunteers to say the three words, focusing on the In pairs, students check their answers, each reading
pronunciation of the nal sounds. Elicit answers a part of the paragraph about Sami, for the other
that the nal -s is pronounced differently: /z/ in to provide feedback about correct and incorrect
runs, /s/ in helps and /iz/ in watches. answers.
Explain that the difference in pronunciation is Then ask two volunteers to write the answers on
caused by the nal sound of the verbs: /n/, /p/ and the board. Compare answers and discuss them with
/tS/. the whole class.
Divide the class into pairs. Students say the verbs Answers
to each other, putting them in the corresponding Hi! Im Sami! I am an engineering student in California,
column. but I work as a sherman during the summer. You do not
need a lot of experience to be a sherman on a shing
Play the cassette twice. If necessary, read the words boat. People think that a good sherman does not get
yourself, stopping after each word. seasick. But it is not true!
Draw the table on the board and ask students to
tell you which verbs should go in which column. Students Book page 8
Clarify any doubts.
The Present Simple (interrogative)
Audioscript
Page 8, Exercise 6
hears, takes, gets, tells, closes, checks, matches,
arrives, prints Ask students What does Sami do? Then ask them
the same question as if they were Sami, Do you
work as a sherman? Write the two questions on
Answers
the board. Tell students to ask you questions about
/z/ hears, tells, arrives Sami and his job as if you were Sami.
/s/ takes, gets, checks, prints
When you are satised they understand the
/iz/ closes, matches
procedure for asking questions, have students work
individually to complete the exercise.
Page 7, Exercise 3
Tell them to compare their questions in pairs before
Play the cassette again and have students repeat checking them with the whole class.
rst chorally and then individually. Make sure they Check a sample of students answers by looking
pronounce /z/, /s/ and /iz/ correctly. quickly at their written work. Discuss any recurring
mistakes with them.
20
Module 1
After that, ask volunteers to make similar questions Answers
about Kareem, the pilot, and Salma, the nurse.
Tell them that they are also free to ask questions a. Do you go to school on Friday?
related to their personal routines. b. What time do you get up on Friday?
c. Does your mother make your breakfast?
Answers d. Does your father work on Friday?
1. Do; 2. Does; 3. does; 4. do e. What time do you have lunch on Friday?
f. Do you go out with your family on Friday?
g. What time do you pray on Friday?
h. Do you practise sports on Friday?
The Present Simple
Over to you . . . i. Do you go out with your friends on Friday?
(interrogative)
8 In pairs, ask and answer the questions
6 Ask Sami about his job. Complete the in exercise 7. Then, write sentences
tables with do or does. saying what you do and what your friend Over to you ...
does on Friday. Include some incorrect
Yes/No Questions information. Read your sentences aloud.
(1) you need

experience to Your classmates have to guess the false
information.
Page 8, Exercise 8
be a sherman?
(2) Sami work in winter? Example
Students work in pairs, asking and answering the
Wh- Questions
Where he study engineering? questions in exercise 7. Tell them to write down
(3)
What people think about
their partners answers.
Im Abla. Im a student. On Friday, my
(4) shermen?
friend Nour and I dont go to school.
I always get up at 7 oclock. My friend Read the example sentences to the class.
7 Work in pairs. Use these words to ask
questions. Hooray! Its Students work individually, writing about what
? / you / sc
hool /
Friday! they and their friend do on a typical Friday. Remind
/ to / on /
a. go / Do
Friday Friday? h / you / ? / time /
them that they have to write about one thing
to school on e. do / What / on / lunc
Do you go
Friday / have different from what they do. Walkda around
nger?the class
m e p e o
o activity. p le li ke
b. you / get up /
f. with / go out /
family / Friday
you / your / on /
? / Do / Wh y do sthe
monitoring
What / on / do /
? / time Friday / Form different pairs. Each new pair will read each
g. time / you / What
/ do / on / ? / pray / others notes and will try to guess the incorrect
Friday
information.
/ make / breakfast /
c. your / your / Does
? / mother
Eventually, you may have students read out their
h. sports / you / on /
? / Do
practise / Frid
Friday / sentences for the whole class to guess the false
d. on / Does / fath
work
er / Friday / ? / you
r/
information. Make sure that students use the
i. friends / Do / go out / with / you
correct pronoun he/she when they speak about
/ your
/ on / Friday / ? their partners.
8
Answers
Page 8, Exercise 7
Put students in pairs. Ask them to read the words. Refer to Activity Book pages 68.
Explain that they are not in the correct order Put the students in small groups and ask them to do
and that the students task is to put them in the the exercises, practising the afrmative, interrogative
correct sequence to ask questions. Do the rst two and negative forms of the Present Simple. After they
questions with them in order to cover both types nish, each group assigns one student to read the
answers to one of the exercises. Discuss any wrong
of questions with them and clarify any doubts. answers with the whole class.
Give students time to write the questions.
Optional Activity
Ask students to read their questions. Write the
questions on the board for students to check. Have students close their books. Write on the board:
You could turn this exercise into a game as follows. Kareem Mahmoud Salma Sami
In groups, students write the sentences on a piece Ask students what they can remember about each
of paper and use scissors to cut equal-sized cards, of them. Elicit sentences about their occupations.
one for each word. They then copy the words from
one of the sentences ai onto the cards. Groups
can then exchange cards and arrange the words of
the sentence in the correct order.
21
Module 1
Lessons 4 and 5
Skills focus
Why do some people like
danger?
The outcomes of these lessons are:
To use context to guess the meanings of new words
To read an interview
To talk about dangerous activities and jobs
To listen to people talk about their jobs and activities
To practise the Present Simple tense (afrmative, negative
and interrogative) o s o m e p e ople li ke danger?
To write notes (Refer to Teachers Book page 14 for W hy d
instructions on how to take notes)

Materials Before you start
Listen to the
Students Book pages 911 words in context. 1 Listen again and check your guesses in the Activity Book
Try to guess their glossary pages 6970 or in the classroom dictionary.
Dictionaries meanings.
2 In a group, discuss how dangerous these activities and jobs are.
Glossary Activity Book pages 6970 Tell the others which of these activities and jobs you prefer. Do you
Cassette do any of them? Do you know people who do them?

Find the words
Exercises 5 and 6 can be set as homework.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. 9
e p e o p le li k e d anger?
do som Students Book page 9 Page 9, Exercise 1
Before you start Play the cassette again and ask students to check
the meanings of the words in the Activity Book
glossary or in the classroom dictionary. You can
refer to the Teachers Book introduction page 14 to
Tell the students that they will be listening to the help the students use the dictionary effectively.
words in the orange box used in context and that Students work in groups, each individual choosing
they have to try to guess their meanings through one word from the key words and using it in a
the context. sentence.
Play the cassette and ask students to write the
meanings they have guessed. You can tell them to
Page 9, Exercise 2
work in pairs and try to match the photos on page Divide the class into groups. Ask each group to
9 to the words referring to them (mountain biking, discuss how dangerous each activity and job is.
rock climbing, horse riding, miner, reman). Then groups grade each activity and job on a scale
Audioscript from 0 to 10 (0 = not dangerous and
10 = very dangerous). Monitor the discussions
1 A policeman has a very dangerous job. of the groups.
2 A reman ghts and puts out res.
Ask each group to read out their scale. Write the
3 A miner digs up coal and gold from the ground.
results on the board and have a class discussion as
4 A stuntman performs dangerous actions in a lm.
to the grading of the different groups.
5 An artist probably does not have to take physical
risks. Copy the table below on the board and ask
6 This is my rst rally driving experience. volunteers to ll it in. You can add as many
7 Scuba diving is the sport of diving underwater. columns as you want in order to allow more
8 Rock shing is to try to catch sh on the rocks. students to participate, depending on how much
9 You can do different activities in the mountains, time you have.
such as rock climbing and mountain biking.
10 I like horse riding competitions. Theyre very
interesting!
22
Module 1
Page 10, Exercise 4
Question Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Read the rubric and give students some time to
read and answer the questions.
Which activity or
Give students some time to write the answers in
job do you prefer? their notebooks. In the meantime, walk around the
Which activity or class monitoring the activity.
job do you do? Put students in pairs to compare answers. Then
Do you know check the answers with the whole class.
people who do any Answers
of the activities or a. People perform dangerous activities or have dangerous
jobs? jobs to defeat fear.
b. A football player, a stuntman and a policeman all feel
Answers the same physical enjoyment.
c. Suggested answer: A reman does his activity as a
Answers may include: part of his job, whereas a mountain biker does it to
Policeman: gunshot wounds overcome fear.
Fireman: getting burned
Miner: being trapped in the mine Page 10, Exercise 5
Stuntman: falling off from high places
Artist: no or little danger Ask students to read the Speaking Strategies. Give
Scuba diving: lack of oxygen them example sentences using hesitation words.
Rock shing: falling on rocks/slipping Ask students to work in pairs. Ask them to read
Rock climbing: falling the rubric carefully. Make sure that students
Mountain biking: falling off the bike understand what they have to do.
Horse riding: falling off the horse
Give them time to prepare their notes. Refer to
page 14 of the Teachers Book to guide students in
Find the words using notebooks.
Draw the table below on the board. Have the Have students take turns being the interviewee.
students copy it in their notebooks. Make sure they use hesitation words while talking
Explain that in the rst column, they should write about their activity or job.
the word for each person, and in the second, they Answers
should list some activities the person does. Answers may include adjectives such as:
happy excited fullled thrilled dangerous safe
Words Activities creative boring
READING 3 Read this interview in pairs.
A psychologist explains the reasons why

people take up dangerous activities.
Answers
reman; stuntman; miner

Why do
Reading people
Page 10, Exercise 3 do it?
Have students look at the pictures and read the

Journalist: Why do some people do risks. But the artist, the rock climber or
title of the interview. Discuss what the interview dangerous activities and jobs? the mountain biker feel the same physical
enjoyment as a footballer after scoring a
could be about as a whole class. Dr Fred: It is because there are two
elements in danger: one is fear, the other
15 goal.
Journalist: What about people who work in
Give students time to read the interview in pairs; 5
is the need to defeat fear. When they
defeat fear, people feel a physical reaction. dangerous professions?
one student takes the role of the journalist. Ask Journalist: So, do we always need to do Dr Fred: Well, policemen, remen or
even stuntmen share a certain type of
dangerous activities to get this feeling?
them to underline any words they do not know. Dr Fred: Not at all! Take a journalist, a
20 personality with artists and sportsmen
who practise dangerous sports. But they
football player or even an artist. They perform dangerous activities because
When the students have read the interview once, 10
probably do not have to take physical these are part of their job.
ask them to guess the meanings of words they do 4 Read the interview again and answer these questions.
Speaking Strategies:
not know from the context. Hesitation a. Why do people perform dangerous activities or have dangerous
When you are having jobs?
Students volunteer to give words and their a conversation, dont
worry when you
b. What do a football player, a stuntman and a policeman have in
common?
meanings. You may choose to have the words and
pause or stop.
Use hesitation words
c. In your opinion, in what way is a reman different from a
mountain biker?
their meanings written on the board. to give you time to
think (e.g. So / 5 Work in pairs. Choose one of the activities or jobs mentioned by
Well / And
Check understanding of the interview by asking then).
Dr Fred. Prepare some notes explaining what you do and what you
feel when you do it. Read the Speaking Strategies to exchange an
simple questions, e.g. What does Dr Fred do? What interview with your friend.
do journalists, football players and artists have in 10

common?
23
2
Module
M d l 1
Students Book page 11 Page 11, Exercise 8
Read the rubric and the questions carefully and
VOCABULARY 6 What do we call the people who do these activities? make sure students understand what they have to
Write the corresponding forms.
do.
Rock
Rock Rally Scuba
Scuba Mountain
Mountain
shing
shing driving diving
diving biking
biking Ask them to write down their guesses on the basis
of the pictures. Refer to page 14 of the Teachers
Book to guide students in using notebooks.
Play the cassette twice. Tell students to complete
the grid on the basis of what they heard. Give
students time to write their answers.
rock sherman
Audioscript
What do you notice? Why do you think one of the forms is different?
LISTENING 7 Read the Listening Strategies. Kazem Salameh: I am Kazem Salameh and this is my
Listening Strategies: Prediction
rst rally driving experience. Wow! This is really exciting!
Read the questions before you listen. I love going fast. This is why I want to do it.

Think about what you know about the topic. Look at the pictures.
Guess the answers to the questions. Then listen and check your
Musa Haidar: Hi! Im Musa Haidar and I am a stuntman.
answers. You see me in lms, but you dont know its me. I do
8 Follow the Listening Strategies and guess the answers to these the risky things that actors cannot do or do not want to
questions. Write down your guesses. Then listen to three people talk
about their activity or job and check your answers.
do, such as jumping from one building to another, doing
a. What activities or jobs do these people do? karate moves and driving a fast motorcycle. Stunting is
b. Do they have any experience in them? a dangerous job ... and very tiring. I sometimes work
c. What are these peoples reasons for doing these activities?
14 hours a day or more. Why do I do it? Its exciting!
What do you think? Name Activity/Job Experience Reasons
A happy life consists
in the mastery of Kazem Salameh
Salwa Mohsen: Hello! Hi! Im Salwa Mohsen. I am a
hardships.
Musa Haidar mountain climber. Mountain climbing is a wonderful
HELLEN KELLER
Salwa Mohsen sport. It is all about the challenge and the thrill of
9 In a group, discuss your guesses. arriving at the top of a mountain and looking at the
world from there. Is it dangerous? Well, yes. But
overcoming danger and arriving at the summit makes it
11 worthwhile.
Answers
Vocabulary a. Kazem Salameh is a rally driver; Musa Haidar is a
stuntman; Salwa Mohsen is a mountain climber.
Page 11, Exercise 6 b. Kazem doesnt have any experience; Musa and Salwa
do.
Ask the students to tell you what they see in the c. Kazem does it because he likes to go fast; Musa does
pictures. Elicit answers about who the people are. it because its exciting; Salwa does it to overcome
danger and arrive at the summit.
Ask a student to write the words on the board. Try
to make the students elicit the rule. Page 11, Exercise 9
Answers In groups, students discuss their guesses and
a. rock sherman; b. rally driver; c. scuba diver;
comment on them. Then they share their
d. mountain biker
comments with the whole class.
Rule: What do you think?
We add -er to all verbs to form the noun for the doer Read the quotation to the class and ask them to
of the action. explain what it means. Discuss whether they agree or
To sh is the exception as the person who shes is a disagree with it.
sherman, not a sher.
Refer to Activity Book pages 910.
Listening Ask students to recapitulate what they have learnt in
the Students Book to solve the exercises. Give them
Page 11, Exercise 7 enough time to nish working and offer your help to
students who are having difculties. After they nish,
Ask the students how they can get ready for a
walk around the class and ask students to answer
listening task. Get different responses, such as
individually to one part of an exercise.
predicting what the listening script will be about
through reading the rubric, looking back on the Optional Activity
topic of the module, or looking at the pictures, etc.
Play the cassette for exercise 8 again. Ask students
Tell students to read the Listening Strategies box to write a speech bubble corresponding to one of
and explain that they will apply these strategies in the characters.
the following exercise.
24
Module 1
Lesson 6
Communication Workshop q u e s ti o n s
Asking
Asking questions Are you adventurous?
Before you start
Read the
questionnaire
1 Do you come to school ...
a on foot?
The outcomes of this lesson are: and think about b by bike?
your answers.
c by car (your parents
To answer a questionnaire drive you)?
To roleplay an interview 2 Your idea of a rst-class

weekend is ...
3 On the way home, you see a
person stealing an old ladys
To write an email to a friend a to
go to the theatre handbag. You ...
with your friends. a callan adult or the
To practise punctuation and capital letters b to
go camping with police.
your friends. b walk away.
To practise joining sentences with and and but c to
stay at home c cry Thief! and run
watching television. after him.
Teaching tips 1 In pairs, ask and answer the questions above. Are you adventurous
Some students may be unfamiliar with writing emails. or not? Justify your answer.
SPEAKING 2 Work in pairs. Imagine one of you is a journalist interviewing a

Not all students will have the same imagination for the AND person who practises a dangerous sport or has a dangerous job.
WRITING
roleplay. If necessary, give them cues as to the possible a. Agree on the job or activity of the interviewed person.
b. If you are the journalist, write down the questions. Do not tell
dangerous jobs or activities the interviewed person may your partner.
If you are the interviewed person, think about what you do and
have or do. get ready to answer the questions.
c. Ask and answer the questions, then tell the class about the
Materials interview.
3 Imagine you are the interviewed person. Write an email to a friend

Students Book page 12 about your job/sport. Use your answers to the interview.
How to go about the material: My job is very interesting! I'm a stuntman for a TV studio. I
Exercise 3 can be set as homework. 12
If you have time, do the Optional Activity.

Speaking
S ki and
dWWriting
iti
Page 12, Exercise 2
Before you start
Read the task to the students to clarify the
Ask your students to read the questionnaire
situation of the roleplay.
individually. Give them time to think about their
answers. Divide the class into pairs and ask them to choose
the sport or the job and to choose to be the
Page 12, Exercise 1 journalist or the interviewee.
Ask students to work in pairs and take turns asking Explain that each member of a pair writes the cues
and answering the questionnaire and writing down (questions or notes) for the role. For example,
the answers. the journalist writes: Do you enjoy the danger of
Write this questionnaire key on the board for your job? The interviewed person writes: I became
students to read and decide whether they are a reman to save lives. Give them time and go
adventurous or not. around the class to offer help if they need.
1) a) 1 point b) 2 points c) 0 points When they are ready, tell students to begin the
2) a) 1 point b) 2 points c) 0 points roleplay. Walk around the class listening to the
3) a) 1 point b) 0 points c) 2 points different roleplays. Do not stop them while they
Tell the class that if they have 5 points or more, are performing, but make notes of the mistakes
they are adventurous. students make in order to discuss them once the
If they have 14 points, they are reasonable activity is over.
people.
Have different pairs do their roleplay in front of the
If they have 0 points, they prefer an unadventurous
whole class. Then ask different pairs to retell their
life.
interviews.
Answers Read your notes on the mistakes students made
Students own answers during the roleplay. Discuss mistakes with the
whole class.
You can refer to the notes on roleplay and
assessment tool on page 12 of the Teachers Book.
25
Module 1
Here is an example of roleplay cuecards for this task.
Ideas and Content Word and Sentence Choice
Activity: skydiving Interesting Precise language
Well focused Strong verbs
Journalists cuecard Clear Natural
Why do you like skydiving? Detailed, complete, Words used in new ways
How did you get interested in this activity? rich Varied sentence structure
When did you start skydiving? Written from Fragments used well
What safety procedures do you follow? experience
Are you afraid of being killed? Precise information
What do your family/friends think about your
activity? Organisation Conventions
Good introduction Correct spelling
Skydivers cuecard Good placement of Punctuation works with
Love speed details sentence structure
Love danger Strong transitions Correct grammar
Love fresh air Creates interest Good division of paragraphs
Love heights Strong conclusion Easy to read
Excitement more important than safety
Friends also like skydiving Refer to Activity Book pages 1112.
Always check parachute
Before you tell the students to start doing the
Always skydive over at land with few trees
exercises, explain the use of capitalisation and
Answers punctuation. Dont go into too many details; in
fact, narrow down your explanation to whatever the
Students own answers Activity Book covers. Ask students to provide you with
examples to check their understanding.
Do the same with the linking words (and and but).
Page 12, Exercise 3 After they do the exercises, check answers with the
whole class and discuss any mistakes.
Have students look at the example and explain in
what ways an email is different from an ordinary
letter. For example: Optional Activity
usually shorter; Ask students to rewrite their emails, adding two
less formal; things that are not true. Have them give you their
send and receive more quickly; emails. Give them out to different students. Ask
doesnt waste paper. them to read the emails and nd the things that are
Read the rubric and give students some time to not true. Have different students tell the class what
read their notes again. The interviewers can use the they think the incorrect information in the emails
time to copy the relevant answers to their they got was. The writer has to say whether they
questions. were right, and if not, he/she must give the correct
information.
If students do their writing in class, walk around
the class monitoring the activity.
Have students check their writing for spelling, the
use of the Present Simple, capital letters, full stops
and commas. If you wish, students can work in
pairs, cooperating in checking both their emails.
If you dont have time, divide the class into groups
and have each member of the group read out his/
her email. If you have time, have students read
them to the whole class.
Answers
Answers should give reasons why students nd a certain
activity/job interesting and should include supporting
details.
If you have time, students can exchange their

emails with their partner. Ask them to assess their
partners writing using the table below. Tell them
to circle the options under each heading.
26
Module 1
Lesson 7 Page 13, Exercise 1
Explain the task to the students and tell them to do
Language Development the matching activity in pairs.
When theyre nished, ask them to switch partners
to check their answers.
The outcomes of this lesson are:
Finally, write the words on the board, and ask
volunteers to write the denitions next to them.
and interrogative)
To practise the pronunciation of the nal -s of the 3rd
Answers
person singular in the Present Simple
To practise identifying vocabulary in context a. 5; b. 3; c. 1; d. 2; e. 4
Teaching tips Page 13, Exercise 2

rd
Students are likely to forget the forms of the 3 person
singular in the afrmative and the negative, or the Read the task to the class and clarify any doubts.
use of the auxiliary do/does for the negative and the Ask students to do the exercise individually.
interrogative Students then work in pairs and check their
Some students may have difculty distinguishing the /s/ answers. Tell them to justify any corrections they
and /z/ endings in the 3rd person singular. have made for each other.
Materials
Page 13, Exercise 3
Cassette Play the cassette. While the cassette is playing,
Activity Book: Module 1 page 13 write the correct form of the verb on the board so
that slower students can check their answers.
Exercises 1, 2 and 4 can be set as homework.
Have a show of hands to see what the mistakes
were. Explain why the sentences were wrong.
Audioscript
Students Book pages 1314 The director says, Action! The stuntman falls from the
roof of a building and through the open roof of a car,
turns on the engine and a car chase begins. He smashes
into a parked car and jumps out as cars burst into ames
1 Match the following words to their
around him.
statements.
Words Denitions
a. scuba diving 1. We serve food Answers
and drink to the
passengers. 1. says; 2. falls; 3. turns; 4. begins; 5. smashes; 6. jumps;
b. passengers 2. I throw a shing
line from the shore 7. burst
into the ocean.
c. ight attendants 3. We are people
who travel on an
aeroplane.
4 Rewrite the following sentences twice,
the rst time in the negative form and the Page 13, Exercise 4
d. rock sherman 4. It means to arrive second time in the interrogative.
and register at the 1. The artist and the scuba diver feel the
airport. same physical thrill. Tell students that they can do this exercise using a
e. to check in 5. It is the sport of
diving underwater.
The artist and the scuba diver do not feel
the same physical thrill.
table like the one below. One student completes
2 Complete this passage with the correct Do the artist and the scuba diver feel the the table with two sentences in the negative form
form of these verbs. same physical thrill?
2. At night, nurses have time to talk to
and two sentences in the interrogative form. The
people. other student completes the remaining cells. They
3. Sami studies engineering in California.
4. A policeman does a very dangerous job.
then check each others sentences and discuss any
The director (1) says , Action! The 5. My brother goes to the gym every Friday. mistakes.
stuntman (2) from the roof of
5 Write all the verbs in exercise 2 in the
a building and through the open roof
of a car, (3) on the engine and
3rd person singular. Listen and put them in
the corresponding group according to the
Afrmative Negative Interrogative
a car chase (4) . He (5) nal sound.
into a parked car and (6) out
runs At night, nurses have
as cars (7) into ames around
him.
helps
watches
time to talk to people.
3 Listen to the previous passage and
check your answers.
Sami studies
engineering in
California.
A policeman does a
13
very dangerous job.
My brother goes to
the gym every Friday.
27
Module 1
Page 13, Exercise 5
Remind students of the pronunciation rules for the Crossword Puzzle
third person -s. Read the task. Give students time Read the clues and write the words in the puzzle.
to write down all the verbs in exercise 2. 10
P
Answers 1
A 6
P
1. The artist and the scuba diver do not feel the same 7
M
physical thrill. / Do the artist and the scuba diver feel

the same physical thrill? 9
R
2. At night, nurses do not have time to talk to people. /

2
C
At night, do nurses have time to talk to people?

3. Sami does not study engineering in California. / 3
W
Does Sami study engineering in California? 4
D 8
A
4. A policeman does not do a very dangerous job. /
Does a policeman do a very dangerous job?
5. My brother does not go to the gym every Friday. / 5
I
Does my brother go to the gym every Friday?

Play the cassette twice. Draw the grid on the board Across Down
and ask students to tell you which verbs should go 1. It is the place where aeroplanes land. 6. My job is to protect people.
in which column. 2. My job is not boring at all. It is very

_________.
7. I dig out gold from the earth.
8. I play music and I love painting.
3. I tell people when it is going to rain.
Play the cassette again and have students repeat I present the _________ forecast.
9. I am a sportsman. I love horse _________.
10. I travel by plane. I am a _________.
rst chorally and then individually. Make sure they 4. My job is _________ because I often have
to take risks at work.
pronounce /z/, /s/ and /iz/ correctly. 5. My job is never boring. It is always
?
_________. In 2010, 33 Chilean miners were trapped
underground for 69 days. How do you
Audioscript think they survived for so long?
14
says, falls, turns, begins, smashes, jumps, bursts
Answers ?
runs: says, falls, turns, begins Explain that in all the modules they will have a
helps: jumps, bursts
question that may require some research. Read the
watches: smashes
question aloud and have a discussion about it. Set
Page 14, Crossword puzzle this question as a task for the following class.
Tell students that it is time to have some fun using

the vocabulary they have learnt in the module. If Suggested answers
you have time, have a quick review of the words Rescuers dug a ventilation shaft; the miners shared their
they have encountered throughout the module. food; they remained hopeful that they would be rescued.
Put the students in groups of four and explain
that crossword puzzles are a fun way to keep the Refer to Activity Book page 13.
vocabulary words in mind. Read out the rst clue
Students can start writing their answers after you tell
and ask students to give you the word that matches them that these exercises will help them revise what
the denition. Then ask them to complete the task. they have learnt in Module 1. Ask some students to tell
Remind them that there is a time limit for solving you what they can remember from previous lessons.
the puzzle. Give them the chance to explain what they liked most
and what they found difcult. Then, ask them to start
Answers working on the exercises. After checking their answers,
Across Down compliment their good work.
1. airport 6. policeman
2. challenging 7. miner Optional Activity
3. weather 8. artist Do the Evaluation on page 13 in the Activity Book
4. dangerous 9. riding after students have completed the test. Then, there
5. interesting 10. passenger are two courses of action:
a) mark the tests;
b) ask students to exchange their tests and mark
one anothers mistakes. Then, go over the test
orally to conrm or correct the marking.
28
Module 1
Lesson 8 Remind students about the activities presented in
the module. Ask them to tell you what scuba
diving and submarines have in common. Explain
Project 1 that they are going to make an instrument that is
used in submarines to see objects above water.
Make a periscope Divide the class into pairs for the rst assignment.
Make sure each pair has all the materials they
need. Each pair reads the corresponding
instructions and works accordingly. Monitor the
activity to make sure they are doing it correctly.
To follow instructions to make a periscope
To practise the Present Simple tense in a task Once the periscope has been made, divide the
To practise the language in a cooperative and class into groups of three. Every group places 5 or
non-stressful atmosphere 6 objects on the table for everyone to see. Then
one member of the group hides under the table
Materials
and another member removes one of the objects.
The one who is hiding uses the periscope to look
Two boxes, two small mirrors, a roll of tape and scissors
at the objects on the table and guess which one is
(the length of the mirrors should be the same as the width
of the boxes)
missing.
Members of every group take turns to hide under
the table to guess the missing item that the other
Make sure all students have the necessary materials.
members had removed.
You may decide that students do the Project as homework
and just play the game in class. The students who make the most correct guesses
are the winners and you may choose to reward
them.
When the whole project is nished, draw the
following table on the board and ask students to
copy it in their notebooks. Then ask them to ll
Before you start
it in, assessing their work as a group. Tell them to
Find two long, thin, empty boxes, two small mirrors,
ors,
ors, discuss their answers.
a roll of tape and scissors.
Your task is ...
Y If you dont have time to do this activity, you can
the one
A Your rst assignment To make a periscope like
Build a periscope. Follow these directions: people use in submarines
to see still do it after any group work in the following
objects above the water.
1. Take one box and lessons.
cut the top off so the
box is open.
2. Cut a square hole at the
bottom of one side to
make a little window. GROUP PERFORMANCE RATING SCALE
1 = Major Difculty 2 = Good 3 = Excellent
3. Cut a line on the side 1. All members participated in the 1 2 3
near the hole at a
45-degree angle.
4. Put a mirror in the cut
group activities.
with the shiny side up.
2. Members listened to others in the 1 2 3
5. Put one box on the table with Repeat steps 14 for the
group.
second box.
the opening facing up and the
window side facing you. Then
6. Tape the two boxes together and look
3. Members helped and encouraged 1 2 3
put the second box on top
of the rst with the opening
through the bottom window. You will be
able to see whats on the other side!
others in the group.
facing down and the window
side facing away from you.
4. Group members practised the 1 2 3
B Your second assignment cooperative skills.
Guess the hidden objects. Follow these
directions:
5. Trust developed among group 1 2 3
1. Work in groups of three. Place 5 or 6 3. He/She should then use the
objects on the table. periscope to look at the remaining
items and guess which one is
members.
2. One member of your group hides under the missing.
table while the other members remove one
of the objects on the table.
4. Take turns to be the person who Add all circled numbers for Total Score ___________
hides under the table.
15 (out of 20)
What I really liked about our group
Ideas for improvement
29
Module 1
LE
DU
MO
Fighting global warming

To predict the meanings of new vocabulary items DU
LE
MO
To talk about global warming using adverbs of time and
frequency
To listen to people talking about global warming
To read an article about things you can do to save the Earth
To practise the Imperative to prepare a list of actions
To write information for a poster
Lesson 1 a l wa r m ing
h t i n g glob
The outcomes of this lesson are: Fig
To listen to a specialist talking about global warming
To talk about global warming and climate change
Outcomes
able to:
You will be s of new
pr ed ic t the meaning
Materials vocabulary
ite m s
ming using
global war equency
talk about d fr
Students Book pages 1617 adverbs of
tim e an
g about glob
al
ople talkin
Dictionaries listen to pe
warming can
things you
Glossary Activity Book pages 7071 ticle about
read an ar e Earth
th e
Cassette do to save e to prepar
e Imperativ
practise th ns
tio
a list of ac poster
How to go about the material: ation for a
write inform in g champion
a recycl
Project: Be
Exercise 2 can be done in class or is set as homework.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. 2

16
Teaching tips
Ask students to read the title of the module, to Suggested answers
look at the pictures and to tell you what they
think the module is about. If they do not know Droughts are so frequent because of global warming;
what global warming is, explain that it means the Earths temperature goes up every year; the Earths
that our planets atmosphere is getting warmer. atmosphere warms up.
Global warming means that the Earths atmosphere
Read the outcomes of the module with students. warms up.
Ask students what the effects of global warming
are. Write them on the board. Page 17, Exercise 1
Ask them if they know of routine things that we Draw the following table on the board:
can do to save our planet and if they put them
into practice. Encourage students to tell the Question Answer
class about them. Make a list on the board. What is global warming?
What happens as the
Before you start atmosphere warms up?
Initiate a discussion about the reasons for global What happens to the ice in
warming and the way it is affecting the weather the North and South Poles?
and the living conditions in Jordan and the region. Extra information
Use this opportunity to revise the Present Simple
by asking Do you ever cycle to school? Whose
parents drive them to school? Do you recycle paper? Ask students to copy the table in their notebooks,
and tell them that this is one way of taking notes
clearly and easily. Tell them that you are going to
30 play the cassette twice.
with the whole class and make a list of the ones
they havent guessed.
Audioscript
1 Global warming means that the atmosphere
warms up.
2 The temperature goes up every year.
ming 3 Our planet Earth is in danger.

4 Global warming changes our climate.
5 Droughts are dry periods when it doesnt rain.
Before you start 6 When it rains a lot, there are oods.
Look at the pictures. Are
storms in your country 7 There is too much carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
dangerous? Why are 8 When the weather is violent, storms become very
droughts so frequent
nowadays? What do strong.
you know about global 9 Pollution accelerates global warming. We have to
warming?
slow it down.
1 Listen to a specialist talking 3 Listen again and check your
10 The sun heats up the air and warms up the Earth.
about global warming and write
down notes.
pages 7071 or in the classroom
11 The ice in the Poles melts because of global warming.
dictionary. 12 We need carbon dioxide in order not to freeze.
context. Try to guess their meanings. 4 In a group, discuss the consequences
of global warming. Make a list of
climate changes in Jordan or in the Page 17, Exercise 3
region (changes in the seasons,
temperatures, rain and oods, wind,
droughts, etc.)
Play the cassette again to give the students another
chance to guess the meanings of the rest of the
words. After that, they can check their answers in
17 pairs in the Activity Book glossary or in a dictionary.
You can refer to the Teachers Book introduction
page 14 to help the students use the dictionary
Play the cassette the rst time. Give students a few
effectively.
minutes to ll in the table. Play the cassette again
and give students time to check notes. Then, ask students to work in groups, each
individual choosing two of these words and using
Have a general round of students retelling the
them in one meaningful sentence.
presentation from their notes. Tell students to keep
these notes and bring them to the following class.
Page 17, Exercise 4
Audioscript
Divide the class into groups. Tell students to carry
Global warming means that the atmosphere warms out the task using the notes they took in exercise 1.
up. This changes the climate of the Earth. When the Give them time to do the task. Walk around
atmosphere warms up, the weather becomes more the class, monitoring the activity and answering
violent. This makes storms very strong. Periods of questions.
drought become long in some places. In other places, Have the different groups read their conclusions.
it rains so much that there are oods. The ice in the
North and South poles melts and sea levels rise.
1The future of our planet is in danger.
Answers
Answers may include:
higher temperatures
Answers season shift (the change affecting a seasons beginning
Students own answers and duration)
plants and animals dying out
Page 17, Exercise 2 droughts
Remember!
Remind students to bring their notes for exercises 1 and
4 to the following class!
Optional Activity
Divide the class into groups. Ask each group to
make a list of things they can do at school, at home
Play the cassette for students to listen to the words
and in the region where they live which will help
in context. They try to guess their meanings with a
prevent global warming.
partner. Then, ask the pairs to share their answers
31
Module 2
Lessons 2 and 3 Suggested answers
When theres too much carbon dioxide in the
atmosphere, the Earths temperature goes up. This is
We are still in time to save called global warming.
Consequences: As the atmosphere warms up, the
the Earth! weather becomes more violent.
Causes: Mans machines, cars, planes, trains and
computers produce carbon dioxide. When theres too
The outcomes of these lessons are: much carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, the Earths
To read an article about global warming temperature goes up.
To ask questions using How often
To practise the Imperative to express suggestion
Page 18, Exercise 1
(afrmative and negative)
To listen to a dialogue to acquire vocabulary Read the Reading Strategies with the whole class.
To practise the Present Simple tense with adverbs of Have students look at the picture and read the
frequency title of the article individually and, as a whole class,
To write a list of actions
discuss what it is about.
Teaching tips Ask students to work in pairs. One student asks the
Students already know the use of the Imperative to question and the other tries to guess it. Make sure
express orders or commands; explain that in this case we they exchange roles.
are using it to suggest activities which are advisable, not
obligatory. Give students time to read the article. Ask them
The ideas developed in the passage are not simple, so give to check whether they answered the questions
students time to read it carefully. If necessary, paraphrase correctly.
or clarify some of the concepts.
Check understanding of the text by asking simple
Materials questions, e.g. What do the oceans and the
Students Book pages 1820 atmosphere depend on? What other elements on
Dictionaries our planet depend on its climate?
Ear th!
ti m e to sa ve th e
Cassette
e s t il l in
We a r

What can we do to slow down
Exercises 3 and 7 can be set as homework and the Before you start
global warming? or takek the b s to school.
th bus a. Walk
What is global The oceans, the atmosphere, the
pairwork of exercise 7 can be done as an introduction for hot and the cold parts of the planet, b. Reuse and recycle paper, glass,
warming?
deserts and rainforests depend on the plastic and aluminium.
the following class. What are its
Earths climate. But our climate is a 20 c. Turn off the water
while you brush
consequences? 5 complex system that depends
on the your teeth.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. Can you name sun. d. Turn off the lights, the heating, the
some of its air conditioning, the TV or computers
Mans machines, cars, planes, trains when you dont use them. Dont play
causes? and computers emit carbon dioxide video games all the time: they use a
which doesn't allow the heat from the
25
too much lot of energy!

10 sun to leave. When there is
Students Book page 18 Reading Strategies:
Prediction carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, the e. Plant trees or start a vegetable
Earths tempe rature goes up. This is garden.
Before you read, called global warming. f. Wear cool clothes in summer and
turn down the air conditioning. In
Before you start look at the picture
and the title. Try to We must slow down global warming.
15 Here are some simple things
we can
30
winter, wear warm clothes and turn

guess what the text
is about. do: down the heating.
Ask students to go over the notes on global Read the questions
and try to guess the
warming from the previous class. answers before you
read.
1 Answer these questions following the Reading Strategies. Then read
the article above and check your answers.
Have a quick discussion on what they think about a. How is man responsible for global warming?
b. Why shouldn't we use computers or play video games all the time?
global warming; whether they think it is real or c. In your opinion, what will happen if we don't try to slow down
global warming?
not; what effects it is having on the world and 2 Read this conversation between Nawal and Hisham and ll in the
on Jordan. Ask if any students feel that global missing words.
warming has had a direct effect on their own

lives. (Desertication and shortages of water are Nawal: Im worried about globa
l Hisham: Can you see carbon dioxid
(1) __________. e?
the most serious effects of global warming.) Ask Hisham: Oh! Come on! There is
Of course not! Where is it?
no Nawal: Its around us! It affects
the
whether they heard about the World Summits and global warming! (4) __________. The temperature
goes
Nawal: Oh, Hisham! Of course there up. The ice in the Poles (5) _____
the agreements that different countries have or is! The Earths (2) _______ goes up The sea levels (6) ___________. Our
___.
every year. There is too much planet is in danger!

have not signed in relation to it. (3) ______ dioxide in the atmosphere
.
18
32
Module 2
Answers Students Book page 19
a. When mans machines (cars, planes, trains, etc.)
produce too much carbon dioxide, there will be an Grammar
increase in Earths temperature, eventually causing
The Imperative (afrmative and negative)
global warming.
b. We shouldnt use computers or play video games all
Page 19, Exercise 1
the time because they use a lot of energy.
c. Students own answers Play a quick game with the students in order to
introduce the imperative of verbs. Give them
Page 18, Exercise 2 simple orders, such as Stand up. Open the door.
Read the task to the students. In pairs, have Look at the board. Open your book. Jump The
students read and complete the conversation. students are supposed to obey your orders. Then
ask them to work in pairs taking turns to give
Have a pair of students read their version. Write orders to their partners.
their suggested answers on the board. Have a show
of hands to see how many students got each word Read the rubric to the whole class and put students
correctly. Finally, comment on the mistakes in pairs to complete the sentences. While they are
working, walk around the classroom monitoring
students made.
the activity.
Answers Ask individual students to read their answers. Write
them on the board for the whole class to check.
1. warming; 2. temperature; 3. carbon; 4. climate;
Have a show of hands to see how many got the
5. melts; 6. rise
correct answers.
You can refer students to the Grammar Notes on
Refer to Activity Book page 14, exercises 1 and 2. page 86 of the Students Book. Read the notes
Remind the students that they have been introduced with them and explain that they can always refer
to the vocabulary in exercise 1 of the Activity Book. to these notes to check grammatical details or to
Give them a couple of minutes to match the words and revise at home.
encourage them to ask for help about any uncertainty.
Before moving to the next exercise, make sure that
the students can identify the relationship between the Answers
words of the exercise. Correct the second exercise with 1. Walk; 2. take; 3. Turn; 4. Dont play; 5. Plant; 6. start
the whole class after students do the activity in pairs.
Page 19, Exercise 2

h!
3 Complete this dialogue with the verbs in
the correct form of the imperative. Students read the rubric and in pairs write the
The Imperative (afrmative and
negative) sentences in the corresponding column.
1 Look at the pictures and complete the
sentences with the words from the box. Have individual students say in which column they
ming is a
Hisham: OK! Global war
t can we do
wrote each sentence.
big problem. But wha
about it?
Nawal: We can do a lot!
For In pairs, have students write examples of the
example:
ock instead
afrmative and negative imperative sentences in
(1) Get up at 6 ocl
of 7 and (2) _______ to
school! their notebooks.
Don't go by car.
Hisham: Youre crazy! Ask individual students to read their sentences.
(1) Walk or (3) _______ not! And we
Nawal: Of course I'm
(2) _______ off the water e a shower.
must save water, so hav
the bus to
school.
while you
brush your
(3) _______ a bath. Answers
nds OK. And
Hisham: Well. That sou
teeth.
what about brushing my
teeth? a. negative; b. afrmative
h you r teet h, but
Nawal: Brus
er while you Afrmative:
(4) _______ off the wat
brush them. Walk or take the bus to school; Reuse and recycle paper,
paper or
And (5) _______ away
plastic!
glass, plastic and aluminium; Turn off the water; Turn
mean? I
(4) _______ (5) _______
Hisham: What do you
cant use old
off the lights; Plant trees or start a vegetable garden;
cant use old paper! I
video games trees or plastic cups! Wear cool clothes in summer and turn down the air
all the time. (6) _______ can!
Nawal: Of course you conditioning; In winter, wear warm clothes and turn
a vegetable
(6) _______ them!
garden. down the heating.
2 Write sentences (a) and (b) in the
corresponding column. Then add more 4 Now listen to the dialogue and Negative:
examples of instructions from the text on check your answers.
page 18. Work in pairs. Dont play video games all the time.
Afrmative Negative
a. Dont throw away plastic cups.

b. Reuse supermarket bags.
19
33
Module 2
Page 19, Exercise 3 Students Book page 20
Ask students to complete the exercise in pairs.
Once they have nished, they should swap their The Present Simple with adverbs
of frequency Do you ght global warming?
answers with a different pair and mark them. If 5 In groups of ve, read this questionnaire
answers differ, students need to explain why they and write down your answers.
1
How often do you turn off the water
while you brush
h your teeth?
think their answer is correct. Tell students that they 6 Now complete the table below with the
adverbs always, sometimes or never.
a Always
will listen to an audioscript to check their answers. b Sometimes
How often do you
c Never
Page 19, Exercise 4 I ______________ turn off the water while I
2
brush my teeth. How often do you walk to school?
Once students have nished, explain that they I ______________ walk to school.
a Always
b Sometimes
will listen to the dialogue and check their answers My family ______________ recycle or reuse c Never
paper cups and supermarket bags.
against it.
3
Do the members of your family
My brother/sister ______________ uses a recycle/reuse paper cups and plastic
bicycle to come to school.
Play the cassette. Write the answers on the board supermarket bags?
I ______________ turn off the lights when I

as the cassette is playing as a reference for less leave a room.
a Always
b Sometimes
condent students. c Never Do
Over to you . . .
Have a show of hands to see how many students 7 Work in pairs. Go back to pages 18 and 4
How often does your brother/sister use
a bicycle to come to school?
got the correct answers. Comment on the mistakes 19 and make a list of actions we can do to
ght global warming. Then ask questions a Always
and refer students to the Grammar Notes on page in pairs with How often do you ?
b Sometimes
Example
86 of the Students Book or tell them to revise c Never
them at home. 5
How often do you turn off the lights
when you leave a room?
If there is time, ask students to work in pairs Are you and your partner good global a Always
and write more sentences in a similar style to warming ghters? Justify your answer. b Sometimes
c Never
the audioscript. Sentences should include verbs
in the imperative, and should give advice about
the environment. Direct students attention back 20
to environmental topics mentioned in exercise
1 if they cannot think of any ideas themselves
(switching off the air-conditioning; taking the bus
The Present Simple with adverbs of frequency
instead of a car, etc.)
Page 20, Exercise 5
Audioscript
Ask students to work in groups of ve and take
Hisham: OK! Global warming is a big problem. But what turns asking and answering the questionnaire, and
can we do about it? then to write down the answers.
Nawal: We can do a lot! For example: Get up at 6
oclock instead of 7 and walk to school! Dont Write the following questionnaire key on the board
go by car. for students to read and decide whether they are
Hisham: Youre crazy! good at ghting global warming or not:
Nawal: Of course Im not! And we must save water, so a = 2 points ; b = 1 point ; c = 0 points
have a shower. Dont have a bath. Tell the class that if they have 8 points or more,
Hisham: Well. That sounds OK. And what about they are good global warming ghters.
brushing my teeth?
If they have 47 points, they are making a good
Nawal: Brush your teeth, but turn off the water while
effort towards helping the environment.
you brush them. And dont throw away paper
or plastic! If they have 03 points, they need to do more to
Hisham: What do you mean? I cant use old paper! I help the environment.
cant use old plastic cups! Elicit scores from the groups and write them on the
Nawal: Of course you can! Reuse them! board to show how many global warming ghters
there are in the class.
Answers Answers
1. Get; 2. walk; 3. Dont have; 4. turn; 5. dont throw; Students own answers
6. Reuse
34
Module 2
Page 20, Exercise 6 If you have time, ask students to assess their
partners roleplay in the following table.
Give students time to complete the table
individually. Walk around the class monitoring the PEER ASSESSMENT FOR PAIR WORK
activity. RATING SCALE
Tell students to compare their answers in pairs Very Good Satisfactory Poor
before checking them with the whole class. (3) (2) (1)
Walk around the class and look at ve or six
Used complete
students responses. Discuss any common mistakes
sentences
with the whole class.
Spoke clearly,
Answers correctly,
Students own answers distinctly and
condently
Over to you ... Maintained eye
contact
Page 20, Exercise 7
Maintained
Put students in pairs and ask them to look back acceptable
over pages 18 and 19 and write a list of the posture
different ways to ght global warming. Write some
of their points on the board for the whole class to Presentation
check. was interesting
Read the example to the students to make sure Handled
they understand what they have to do. If necessary, questions and
write the example question and answer on the comments from
board. Give students time to think or write their the class very
questions. well
Students work in pairs asking and answering the Total of ___________ (out of 18)
questions.
If you have time, you may have different pairs Refer to Activity Book pages 1417.
roleplay their questions and answers to the whole Divide the class into small groups. Ask a student from
class. If you dont, you may go straight away to the each group to give an example using the afrmative
last question and ask Are you and your partner good and negative imperative, an adverb of frequency in
the Present Simple and the afrmative, negative and
global warming ghters? Check for pronunciation interrogative forms of the Present Simple. Go around
and intonation in either case. the class checking who needs help. Once all groups are
See notes on roleplay on page 12 of the Teachers ready, assign each exercise to a separate group and ask
individual students to give his/her answer.
Book.
Answers Optional Activity

Answers may include the following ways to slow down After students have read or roleplayed their
global warming: exchanges and/or answered the last question, ask
walking to school individual students to say why they are (or are not)
saving water (turning off the water while brushing, good global warming ghters, e.g. Noura is a good
having a quicker shower ) global warming ghter because she always turns off
adjusting the thermostat temperature of water heaters the lights when she leaves a room, she
and air conditioning systems according to the season
recycling plastic and paper
35
Module 2
Lessons 4 and 5 Before you start
Skills focus
Do you recycle? Tell students that this lesson is about recycling and
that the key words in the box are related to this
topic.
The outcomes of these lessons are: Play the cassette and pause after each sentence for
students to guess the meanings of the key words.
To determine the meanings of words in context related to
recycling
If they didnt guess some of the words, move on to
To read instructions for recycling the next sentence and tell students that they will
To talk about recycling and ways to help the preservation check the meanings in the next exercise.
of the environment
Audioscript
To practise the vocabulary related to recycling and the
environment in context 1 The Kids Ecology Club tries to prevent pollution.
To practise the Present Simple tense in a text 2 It helps young people to defend the environment.
To listen to a dialogue about the Kids Ecology Club
3 Rinse your plastic containers well before recycling
To write a list of reusable things
them.
To write notes about recycling (Refer to Teachers Book
4 Mixed-colour paper includes junk mail.
page 14 for instructions on how to take notes)
5 My mother always throws away my baby sisters
Materials nappies.
Students Book pages 2123 6 We can reuse or recycle aluminium.
Dictionaries 7 Recycle plastic according to the instructions.
Cassette Page 21, Exercise 1
Play the cassette again and ask students to try to
How to go about the material: extract from the sentences the meanings of the key
Exercise 6 can be set as homework. words that they didnt guess previously. Then, ask
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. them to work in pairs checking their answers in the
Activity Book glossary or in a dictionary. You can
refer to the Teachers Book introduction page 14 to
help the students use the dictionary effectively.
Find the words
Have three students write the denitions on the
board and ask three others to match them to the
words in the vocabulary box. Students check the
answers with the whole class and discuss any
misunderstandings.
Answers
instructions; environment; pollution
Reading
r e c y c le ?
D o yo u Page 22, Exercise 2
Ask students to work in pairs. Give them time to

Before you start

Listen to the words below in context. Try to guess their
meanings. read the instructions. Ask them to underline any
words they do not know.
When they have read the instructions once, they
1 Listen again and check your guesses in the Activity Book
try to guess the meanings of words they do not
glossary pages 7071 or in the classroom dictionary.
know from the context. Have the students look
them up in the dictionary if they need to.
Find the words
Check understanding of the text by asking simple
questions, e.g. Where can we recycle paper? What
21
kinds of paper can we recycle? Can we recycle any
kind of plastic?
36
Module 2
Page 22, Exercise 4
How to recycle paper How to recycle plastic Read the rubric and give students some time to
1 Check local recycling centres. 1 Check local recycling programmes to nd out ll in the table in their notebooks and organise
what type of plastic to recycle and where to
2 Separate paper into three groups: white paper,
newspaper and mixed-colour paper.
take it. a recycling routine for their families. In the
2 Rinse and sort your plastic containers.
3 Recycle all white paper together.
3 Recycle plastic bags as well as milk, juice, meantime, walk around the class monitoring the
4 Tie newspapers in packs. Remove rubber water and other bottles according to the
bands, plastic and anything that is not paper. instructions. Wash out before recycling. activity.
5 Put all mixed-colour paper together, including 4 Throw out plastic food wraps, yoghurt
magazines and junk mail. Remove plastic containers, syrup bottles, nappies and bottle
stickers. tops. The plastics industry does not recycle
these.
Put students in pairs to discuss their routines.
5 Remove the tops from plastic containers. Encourage them to ask questions and make
6 Crush plastic containers to save space in your
recycling bin. suggestions.
READING 2 Work in pairs. Read the recycling instructions above and answer Check answers with the whole class.
these questions.
a. How many types of recyclable paper are there?
b. What types of plastic are not recyclable? Answers
c. In your opinion, why is it important to recycle?
3 Read the instructions again. In pairs, make a list of things that we Answers may include:
can and that we cannot recycle.
plastic bags
We can recycle We cannot recycle
newspapers yoghurt containers

plastic bottles
glass bottles
4 Think about all the recyclable/reusable things you and your family toys
have at home. Make a list. Prepare a routine for you and your
family for recycling/reusing them. Tell your friends.
fabrics
VOCABULARY 5 Match the verbs with their opposite.
paper
What do you think? a. to slow 1. to freeze
"The south wind brings
wet weather,
b. to heat up 2. to accelerate Routines:
c. to warm 3. to make cold
The north wind wet and
cold together, d. to melt 4. to cool sorting the different materials into different bins
The west wind always
brings us rain, 6 Fill in the blanks with six verbs from exercise 5. reusing plastic bags
The east wind blows
it back again."
The sun (1) ______ the air. Humid hot air rises and expands.
Expansion (2) ______ the air and makes clouds and rain. The sun also
reusing paper if possible
COMMON SAYING
(3) ______ up the Earth. As the Earth heats up, the ice in the Poles
(4) ______. Pollution (5) ______ this process. We have to (6) ______
22 it down.
Vocabulary
Page 22, Exercise 5

Ask students whether they and/or their families
recycle or if they know people who do. Are there Students do the exercise individually. Walk around
any recycling bins in their neighbourhoods? Where? the class monitoring the activity.
Then ask students to read and answer the Tell students to compare their answers in pairs
questions. Remind them that they have to provide before checking them with the whole class.
a reason for their answers from the text. Look at selected students written work to see how
Give students some time to write the answers in they have done, then write the answers on the
their notebooks. Have them check their answers board for students to check.
with other pairs.
Answers
Answers a. 2; b. 3; c. 4; d. 1
a. There are three types of recyclable paper: white paper,
newspaper and mixed-colour paper. Page 22, Exercise 6
b. Plastic food wraps, yoghurt containers, syrup bottles,
nappies and bottle tops are the types of plastic that Have students read the rubric and complete the
are not recyclable. exercise individually.
c. Students own answers Ask different students to read their answers. Write
them on the board. Have a round of students
Page 22, Exercise 3 saying what their mistakes were. Clarify any doubts.
When you are satised students have got the gist Answers
of the text, have them do exercise 3 in pairs. Check
1. heats up; 2. cools; 3. warms; 4. melts; 5. accelerates;
answers with the whole class.
6. slow
Answers What do you think?

We can recycle: newspapers, white paper, mixed-colour
paper, magazines, junk mail, plastic bags, milk bottles,
Read the common saying to the class and ask
juice bottles, water bottles
students to explain what it means. Is there a similar
We cannot recycle: yoghurt containers, rubber bands,
saying in Arabic?
plastic stickers, plastic food wraps, syrup bottles,
nappies, bottle tops
37
Module 2
LISTENING 7 Listen to the dialogue between two friends. Then, ll in the
Listening blanks with the following words.
Page 23, Exercise 7 WHY DONT YOU JOIN THE
Students listen to the dialogue while doing the Kids Ecology Club?
exercise individually. Then they work in pairs,
reading the dialogue in order to check each
others answers. Ask them to correct each others
mistakes, giving reasons for the changes.
Audioscript
Tareq: Hi, Laila! How are you? Tareq: Hi, Laila! How are you? Tareq: I dont know. What is your project?
Laila: Hi, Tareq! Im very busy. Im a member Laila: I want to start (5) _________ in our
Laila: Hi, Tareq! Im very busy. Im a member of the of the Kids (1) _________ Club. school cafeteria.
Tareq: What is the Kids Ecology Tareq: Really? How?
Kids Ecology Club. (2) _________?
Laila: It is a non-prot organisaon. It helps
Laila: Well rst, I explain to my classmates
why recycling is good and I show them how
Tareq: What is the Kids Ecology Club? young people to defend the (3) _________.
Tareq: And what do you do?
to recycle. Then, we talk to our teachers, to
the School Head and to our parents about
Laila: It is a non-prot organisation. It helps young Laila: We take part in projects about keeping
our cies clean. We also try to develop
recycling. Next, we make a recycling
(6) _________ in the cafeteria.
ways to preserve water and energy and to Tareq: Sounds good to me!
people to defend the environment. prevent (4) _________. Laila: Great! Why dont you join us?
Why don't you join us?
Tareq: And what do you do?
Laila: We take part in projects about keeping our cities
Listening Strategies: Key words
clean. We also try to develop ways to preserve When you listen in English, concentrate on the key words. These give the meaning.
water and energy and to prevent pollution. Why

You don't have to listen to every word.
Some words in English nearly 'disappear'.
dont you join us?
8 Now listen again, following the Listening Strategies, and check
Tareq: I dont know. What is your project? your answers. In a group, discuss your guesses.
Laila: I want to start recycling in our school cafeteria. SPEAKING 9 In a group, discuss what environmental initiative you can start at
school. Make notes. Tell the class about it.
Tareq: Really? How? 23
Laila: Well rst, I explain to my classmates why

recycling is good and I show them how to
recycle. Then, we talk to our teachers, to the Have students share their proposals with the whole
School Head and to our parents about recycling. class.
Next, we make a recycling centre in the cafeteria.
Then get students to present their proposals to
Tareq: Sounds good to me!
other teachers and to the school headmaster if
Laila: Great! Why dont you join us?
possible. With the consent of the headmaster,
students work together and think how they might
Page 23, Exercise 8 publish their ideas and distribute them around the
school and to parents.
Read the Listening Strategies with the class and
make sure students understand what they have to Answers
do. Answers may include:
Play the cassette twice. Tell the students to check sorting out materials
their answers in groups. Eventually, you may using energy-saving light bulbs
ask students within a group to exchange their turning off the lights when not needed
using solar-powered panels for heating water
notebooks to check one anothers answers. planting trees and plants around the school
Have a nal check with the class as a whole.
Explain any mistakes.
Answers Tell the students to look at the pictures and read the
1. Ecology; 2. Club; 3. environment; 4. pollution; exercises and ask if anyone has a question. Make sure
5. recycling; 6. centre that everyone knows what they are going to do and
let them start answering the questions in pairs or
groups. Afterwards, listen to all the answers and invite
Speaking students to comment on the exercises.
Page 23, Exercise 9 Optional Activity
Students work in groups. Each group discusses Have students go over their notes for exercise 9
what environmental initiative they could start at and discuss which project the whole class should
their school. For example, suggest that students adopt. Make sure that students support their ideas
use mapping to brainstorm how to change a patch with arguments for and against.
of wasteland into a school garden.
38
Module 2
Lesson 6
Communication Workshop c a m pa ig n
n a d v e r t i s in g
A
An advertising campaign
Before you start
Come to our jumble sale
Read this poster. Dont keep your old clothes and toys at home!
Do you know Somebody needs them!
The outcomes of this lesson are: what a jumble Bring them to our end-of-the-year
sale is? Discuss jumble sale at school.
To discuss environmental projects its meaning with
Help us stop waste!!
a partner.
To write a list of environmental projects Bring your used clothes, furniture,
toys and sporting goods.
To write information for an advertising campaign P
Put the things you dont use to good use!
To make an oral presentation of the campaign REMEMBER THE THREE Rs
Reduce, Recycle and Reuse!
To practise the apostrophe Any questions?
To practise correct spelling We are the students of ...
Contact us in room ...
To practise joining sentences with when and also
Teaching tips 1 In a group, make a list of environmental projects you can start
at school. Here are some ideas:
Some students may be unfamiliar with writing posters.
planting trees and grass in the school garden
Not all students will have ideas for an environmental paper recycling at school and at home
recycling at the cafeteria
campaign. Exercise 1 provides some cues. However, it SPEAKING AND

WRITING 2 Choose a project and discuss a campaign. Write all the arguments
may be necessary to give students further cues as to the you can think of to convince your parents, your teachers and your
classmates to join you in your campaign. Here are some arguments:
possible campaigns. Reduce waste. Buy less. Repair products. Avoid waste.
Recycle. Recycle what you dont use! Pass it on to others!
Materials 3 Make a poster to advertise your campaign. Use the poster above as
an example. Then, make an oral presentation of your campaign for
Students Book page 24 the class.
Dictionaries
24
Cassette
Page 24, Exercise 1
Exercise 3 can be set as homework. In groups, students make a list of the possible
If you have time, do the Optional Activity. projects. Make sure they write down the list. While
they are working, walk around the class monitoring
Students Book page 24 the activity and orienting the discussion.
Before you start Answers

Ask your students to read the poster individually. Answers may include:
Then ask them to work in pairs in order to nd out a jumble sale
the meaning of jumble sale. Ask general questions having a recycling workshop
replacing traditional light bulbs with energy-saving
about the poster and have a general discussion ones
about this project: What do they think about the reusing certain materials (paper, wood )
idea of a jumble sale? Have they ever been to one? repairing broken machines
Do they think it is useful or not? Ask them about
the three Rs.
Suggested answer
A jumble sale is when you sell your old clothes, toys,
furniture, sporting goods, etc. in order to stop waste.
39
Module 2
Speaking and Writing Page 24, Exercise 3
Page 24, Exercise 2 If you dont have time, the poster may be done at
home and the presentation of the projects can be
In groups, students decide on a project and done during the following lesson.
write down their arguments in a table, such as
If you have time, have students do the poster
the one below. Give them time to prepare their
in class. In this case, while students write and
notes. While they are doing it, walk around the
illustrate their poster, walk around the class
class monitoring the activity and orienting the
monitoring the activity. Make notes of the mistakes
discussion.
you hear.
Project title: All students in the group should cooperate in
Arguments Details checking the poster for spelling, the use of the
Present Simple, capital letters, full stops, commas
Reduce waste. Buy less. and apostrophes.
Repair products.
Avoid waste. Each group makes an oral presentation of their
campaign. Make notes on the students mistakes
Recycle. Recycle what you dont use! and correct them when the presentations are over.
Pass it on to others!
Answers

Explain to students the usage of apostrophes and the
linking words when and also. Give an example on each
and ask them to justify the usage of each. Then tell
them to do the exercises individually.
When they are ready, tell students to discuss their
Ask them to check their answers in pairs.
notes. Listen to the discussions, but do not stop
them while they are performing. Take down notes Optional Activity
of the mistakes the students make for further Ask students to think what an environmentally
discussion once the activity is over. friendly house should be like. What about
Have each group report on the result of their electricity? Should it use solar energy? What about
discussions and ask them to explain which project water supply? What about the heating system?
they support and why. Have an open discussion.
Answers
40
Module 2
Lesson 7 Answers
I never cycle to school. I sometimes turn off the water
while brushing my teeth. I always recycle my old clothes.
Language Development My friend sometimes cycles to school. My friend always
turns off the water while brushing his/her teeth. My
friend never recycles his/her old clothes.
My brother and sister always cycle to school. My brother
To practise the Imperative and sister never turn off the water while brushing their
To practise adverbs of frequency teeth. My brother and sister sometimes recycle their old
To listen to instructions to acquire vocabulary clothes.
To practise the modules vocabulary
Materials Page 25, Exercise 2

Students Book pages 2526 Students continue to work in pairs. Have them
Cassette volunteer to give answers.
Answers
a. How often do you take the bus to school?
Exercises 2, 3, 4 and 6 can be set as homework. b. How often do you plant trees?
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. c. How often does your father reuse envelopes?
d. How often do you discuss global warming with your
Students Book pages 2526 friends?
e. How often does your family recycle glass?
Page 25, Exercise 3

1 Look at the information in the table and write sentences with never (*), sometimes (**) or
always (***).
Give students time to answer the questions
cycle to school turn off water while recycle old clothes
brushing teeth in exercise 2. Have them ask and answer their
Me * ** ***
questions in pairs.
My friend ** *** *
My brother
and sister
*** * ** Ask a couple of students to ask their questions to
2 Use these words to ask questions using How often. the whole class and have others answer them.
a. you / take the bus to school d. you / discuss global warming with your friends
b. you / plant trees e. your family / recycle glass
c. your father / reuse envelopes Answers
3 Now answer them.
4 Look at the pictures and complete these instructions with the correct form of these verbs. Students own answers
Page 25, Exercise 4

Make a terrarium: Read the task to the students and clarify any
doubts. Ask students to work individually.
Give them time to do the exercise. While they are
doing it, walk around the class monitoring the
activity. Then, have students read their sentences.
1. Get a 2-litre plastic bottle.
2. the label from the bottle. Save the top! Page 25, Exercise 5
3. the bottle and top.
4.
5.
the bottle close to the bottom.
potting soil in the base of the bottle.
Explain the task to students. Play the cassette. Give
6. a few seeds in the potting soil. students time to correct their sentences.
7. the seeds.
8.
9.
the top on the bottle.
the base with the top of the bottle.
While the cassette is playing, write the correct form
10. in a sunny spot and wait for your seeds to grow. of the verbs on the board so that less condent
5 Listen to the previous instructions and check your answers.
25
students can check their answers.
Audioscript
Page 25, Exercise 1 Make a terrarium:
Give students two minutes to read the rubric and 1 Get a 2-litre plastic bottle.
look at the table. In pairs, they write the sentences 2 Remove the label from the bottle. Save the top!
in their notebooks. Meanwhile, draw the table on 3 Wash the bottle and top.
the board to check the answers with the class. 4 Cut the bottle close to the bottom.
Then, ask students to draw a similar table in 5 Put potting soil in the base of the bottle.
their notebooks in which they work individually, 6 Plant a few seeds in the potting soil.
including true information about themselves 7 Water the seeds.
and about their partners. Then, they write the 8 Put the top on the bottle.
sentences that correspond with the table and they 9 Cover the base with the top of the bottle.
check their answers in pairs. Students correct each 10 Keep in a sunny spot and wait for your seeds to grow.
other if any of them wrote wrong information
about the other. 41
Module 2
Answers Read the rst clue and ask students to give the
answer. After they nish, have a show of hands to
1. Get; 2. Remove; 3. Wash; 4. Cut; 5. Put; 6. Plant;
know the number of students who have got the
7. Water; 8. Put; 9. Cover; 10. Place
right answers. Congratulate the winners of the
show.
6 Match the words with the denitions.
b. environment
5 c. ood
Answers
a. junk mail 1. Its a gas in the atm
2. Its the name of o
mosphere.
atmosphere.
ur planet.
our
Across Down
3. Its a large amount of water that covers a place.
4. Its the place where people and animals live.
1. ood 3. pollution
5. Its mail that we receive wi ithout asking for it.
without
6. Its when the atmosphere of our planet warms up.
2. atmosphere 4. waste
f. carbon
dioxide
d. global
warming
5. recycle
e.
e. Earth
Earth
Crossword Puzzle ?
Read the clues and write the words in the puzzle.
Explain that to answer this question students may
Across
3
P
1. It is a huge amount of water that
have to do some research. Read the question and
1
F covers a land.
2. The gases around the Earth form
have a discussion as to the reason for this statement.
4
W
the _________. Set this question as a task for the following class.
5
R Down
2
A 3. Cars and smoke cause air
_________.
4. They are things that are left after
Answers
you have used something.
5. To treat things so they can be
used again is to _________.

Refer the students to page 22 in their Activity Book
and tell them that they need to do the exercises based
? on the vocabulary and structures they have learnt
Specialists say The ice at the North and throughout the module. Ask them whether they
South Poles melts and sea levels rise.
Find proof of this.
have encountered any difculty and why. Clarify any
26 uncertainty and compliment their hard work.
Page 26
P 26, E
Exercise
i 6 Optional Activity
Do the Evaluation on page 23 in the Activity Book
Give students some time to look at the exercise. after students have completed the test. Then, there
Then, explain the task to them. Ask them to do the are two courses of action:
exercise individually. When theyre nished, ask a) mark the tests;
them to swap their notebooks with a partner and b) ask students to exchange their tests and mark
correct each other. one anothers mistakes. Then go over the test
Meanwhile, you may write the words and
sentences on the board as they are presented in
the Students Book, then ask volunteers to come to
do the matching for the rest of the class to provide
feedback.
Answers
a. 5; b. 4; c. 3; d. 6; e. 2; f. 1
Page 26, Crossword puzzle

Start the activity introducing the crossword puzzle
as in a television show. Explain to students that
they are contestants in that television show. You
may distribute name tags to the students as a way
of enhancing the activitys make-believe factor.
Have a quick review of the vocabulary words
encountered during the module. Tell students
that they have a certain time limit; you may use a
stopwatch as a way of motivating students to work
in a more efcient way.
42
Module 2
Lesson 8 When groups return, tell them to start working
on the Analyse your ndings section on page 27
of the Students Book. Ask students to draw the
Project 2 following table and ll it in accordingly.
Paper Plastic Glass Other

Be a weather warrior
Each group should use their ndings to create a
To practise the modules vocabulary in a different context poster before presenting their information to the
To write notes for recycling at school rest of the class. You may reward the groups after
To practise the language in a cooperative and their presentations.
non-stressful atmosphere
If you have time, students can assess the
Materials collaborative work theyve done, using the
Students Book page 27 following table.
How to go about the material: PROJECT GROUP ASSESSMENT

Make sure all students have the necessary materials. RATING SCALE
You may decide that students do the Project as
homework. Very Good Satisfactory Poor
(3) (2) (1)
Your peers were
always available
to spend time
working on group
project.
Your peers were
Your task is ...e of littering in encouraging and
To research the issu
a recycling
your school and think of complimentary
solution.
of your own
A Your rst assignment
performance in
Listen as your teacher gives you your group project.
instructions.
Your peers
showed strong
leadership
skills during
development and
construction of
project.
Your peers were
quick to suggest
solutions to
problems with
project as they
occurred.
Overall, your
B Your second assignment
peers were
Make a poster to present your information essential to the
to the rest of the class.
development
27
and construction
of your group
project.
Divide the class into groups of three or four.
Total of ___________ (out of 15)
Explain that each group will have to research and
then present information relating to litter and
recycling in your school. Give every group a simple
map of the school if you can provide one and make
sure each one picks a different area to explore.
Send groups out to start looking for litter and set
them a time limit.
43
Module 2
LE
DU
MO
Visiting places
To predict the meanings of new vocabulary items Ask them if they have ever been to a market in
To describe a place using There is/There are and countable/ another city or country. Was it similar or
uncountable nouns different from the markets in their city?
To give directions to get to a place Encourage students to tell the class about their
To read an article about the British Museum experience. Make a list on the board of the
To listen to a radio commentary about Souk Jara things they saw there which were different from
To write a brochure about a famous or popular place in your the things which are sold in their city markets.
town
Background
LE
The British Museum is a museum of human history and culture DU
MO
situated in London. Its collections are amongst the largest
and most comprehensive in the world and come from every
continent.
The British Museum was established in 1753. It rst opened
to the public on 15 January, 1759 in Montague House in
Bloomsbury, on the site of the current museum building. Some
objects in the collection, most notably the Elgin Marbles from
g p l a c e s
the Parthenon, are the cause of intense controversy and calls
for restitution to the countries of origin. As with most other
national museums in London, it charges no admission fee.
Visitin
Lesson 1 Outcomes
You will be able to:
predict the meanings of new
The outcomes of this lesson are: vocabulary items
To listen to a journalist talking about a market in London describe a place using There is/There
are and countable/uncountable nouns
To use context to guess the meanings of new words give directions to get to a place
To talk about markets read an article about the British
Museum
Materials listen to a radio commentary about
Souk Jara
Students Book pages 2829 write a brochure about a famous or
Dictionaries popular place in your town
Glossary Activity Book pages 7273 Project: Design your ideal town!
Cassette
3
Exercise 2 can be set as homework. 28

Before you start
Teaching tips Read through the questions with students. If they
cannot identify the places in the photos, explain
Ask students to read the title of the module, to
that one of them is the British Museum and the
look at the pictures and to tell you what they
other one is a market in London. You can help
think the module is about.
them by giving them details from the background
Read through the outcomes of the module with notes about the British Museum.
students.
Page 29, Exercise 1
Ask students if they or the members of their
family ever go to the market. Ask them what Explain that students will listen to a journalist talk
sort of things they buy there. Write them on the about the place where he is. Tell them to follow his
board. Use this opportunity to revise singular route on the map and to take down notes. In order
and plural nouns and There is/There are. to take quick notes, tell students that they can only
write the places and directions in order, e.g. Upper
Thames Street left London Bridge ...
44
Play the cassette. Make sure students are following Page 29, Exercise 2
the route on their books.
Ask some general questions to make sure students
understand what the journalist says, e.g. Whats
the time? What does Peter Manson do? Where is
he? Where is he going? What is in front of him?
Play the cassette and ask students to try and
Who goes to that market?
work out the meanings of the key words from the
Play the cassette again and give students some context in which they are used. Then, they work
minutes to write down notes. Then, they work in in groups checking their answers. You can play the
pairs checking their notes. cassette one more time if they need to check some
Have a general round of students retelling the of the meanings they dont agree on.
presentation from their notes. If you are dividing Audioscript
the presentation at this point, tell students to keep
these notes and to bring them to the following 1 We are the only people on Upper Thames Street.
class. 2 We are able to go over London Bridge.
3 London Bridge train and Underground stations
Audioscript are on our left.
Hello! Im Peter Manson and this is BBC Radio 4. Its 4 Directly in front of us is one of the oldest food
5 oclock in the morning. We are the only people on markets in London.
Upper Thames Street. We turn left here and are able to 5 At the market, people buy food for their shops
go over London Bridge. and restaurants.
Look! Here we are on Borough High Street. London 6 You name it; the traders have got it!
Bridge train and Underground station are on our left.
Page 29, Exercise 3
Directly in front of us is one of the oldest food markets
in London. Students share their answers with other groups
while you play the cassette. Monitor the activity
People from all over London come here to buy large
if there is any disagreement about the meanings
amounts of fruit and vegetables for their shops and of the different words. After that, ask students
restaurants. Mmm! There are plums and tomatoes. There to check their answers in the glossary or in a
is cheese and there is bread. But that is not all: there are dictionary. You can refer to the Teachers Book
also owers and plants in the market. You name it; the introduction page 14 to help the students use the
traders have got it! dictionary effectively.
Page 29, Exercise 4

Read the instructions. If you are doing the whole
of the introductory lesson on the same day,
ask students to refer to their notes during the
discussion. If you are continuing the lesson from
the previous class, have students give you a short
ces summary of what the journalist said from their
notes before starting the discussion.
Divide the class into groups. Tell students to carry
out the task using the notes they took in the
Before you start
previous exercise. Give them time to do the task.
Look at the
photographs. What are
these places? Do you
Have the different groups read their conclusions.
know where they are?
What do you know Answers
about them?
Things you buy at the Things and people you see in
market: the market:
1 Listen to the journalist Peter 3 Listen again and check your
Manson. What is the time? Where guesses in the Activity Book owers people from all over London
glossary pages 7273 or in the
is he? Trace his drive on the map
above. classroom dictionary.
plants traders
fruit (plums) shops
2 Listen to the words below in 4 Discuss in a group Peters report.
context. Try to guess their meanings. What can you buy at the market? vegetables (tomatoes) restaurants
Who shops there? What else can we
see in the market?
cheese and bread
Remember!
29
45
Module 3
Read through the questions with students. Do this
activity in pairs. Ask them to discuss markets they
Welcome to Souk Jara! know about in Jordan. Then have a class discussion
about the markets that students have mentioned
earlier.
To determine the meanings of words in context Page 30, Exercise 1
To read a leaet about a market in Jordan
Have students answer the questions in pairs, and
To practise countable and uncountable nouns
To pronounce the nal -s in plural nouns
think of reasons for their choices. While they work,
To practise There is/There are and some/any (afrmative, walk around the classroom monitoring the activity.
negative and interrogative) Have a pair of students read their answers and
To write questions about what there is/isnt in a market explain their reasons. Write their suggested
Teaching tips answers on the board. Have a show of hands to see
how many students got the correct answers. Finally,
Students may have problems distinguishing between
countable and uncountable nouns.
explain any mistakes students may have made.
Materials Answers
Students Book pages 3032 a. The leaet suggests that visitors should come early so
Dictionaries that they avoid trafc.
Glossary Activity Book pages 7273 b. Souk Jara market takes place once a year.
Cassette
c. Students own answers
How to go about the material: Page 30, Exercise 2

Exercises 2 of the reading section and 4 of the Grammar
section can be set as homework.
used in context. Ask them to work in pairs to guess
the meanings of these words. Then, students can
use the words they know in sentences and share
Students Book page 30 them with the whole class.
Ask students to work in groups, checking the
meanings of the words in the Activity Book glossary
e t o S o u k Ja ra ! or in a dictionary. You can refer to the Teachers
We l c o m Book introduction page 14 to help the students use
the dictionary effectively.
Before you start
Do you know Audioscript
any markets in
Jordan? What
time do they 1 Souk Jara is an annual market opening once a year.
open? What can
you buy in them?
2 Souk Jara is an outdoor market in Jabal Amman.
3 Handicrafts, which are things people make, are
found in Souk Jara.
4 Antiques are very old objects sold in the market.
5 There are homemade items and traditional dresses
Souk Jara in Souk Jara.
Jabal Ammans annual
market in one of the capitals
6 Souk Jara sells inexpensive items.
oldest neighbourhoods 7 In Souk Jara theatre you can attend musical concerts.
Come early to avoid trafc. 8 Come early to avoid trafc.
Opening Times
Fridays 10 a.m. 10 p.m.
9 In Souk Jara caf, you can buy bread and honey.
Fawzi Maalouf Street
Jabal Amman 1st roundabout
Amman, Jordan
1 Read this leaet and answer these questions in pairs.

a. Why does the leaet suggest that visitors should come early?
b. How many times a year does the Souk Jara market take place?
c. Do you go to Souk Jara or any other market in Jordan? What do
you do there?
2 Listen to the words in the box above in context and guess their
meanings. Then, check your guesses in the Activity Book glossary
pages 7273 or in the classroom dictionary.
30
46
Module 3
Students Book page 31 Audioscript
3 Read a radio commentary about Souk Jara

Souk Jara is an outdoor market which opens
and ll in the blanks. throughout the summer every year. It is busy,
Countable and Uncountable
Nouns
noisy and full of a wide variety of goods, food and
1 Work in pairs. Which nouns from the list activities for everyone.
below can you put in the plural (countable
nouns)? Which nouns cant you put in the
plural (uncountable nouns)? Write them
It is located in Fawzi Maalouf Street and has four
down in the corresponding column.
important areas in it:
Souk Jara market, where there are some
inexpensive handicrafts, antiques, paintings,
Countable nouns Uncountable nouns
market trafc traditional dresses and homemade items.
2 Listen to the plurals of these countable
Souk Jara caf, where there is some food made
nouns and put them in the corresponding
group.
by the people who live in Jabal Amman. You can
buy some bread, corn and honey. There are also
owers, vegetables and some very delicious and
refreshing fruit juice you can buy while shopping
/z/ /s/ /iz/ around.
eggs apricots peaches
Souk Jara theatre, where you can watch short
3 Now, listen again and repeat these lms and attend musical concerts.
nouns.
Souk Jara games, where there is a variety of

games for children and adults.
Dont miss any of them! One important thing: try to
4 Now listen to the radio get to the market early before the trafc.
commentary and check your
answers.
31
Answers
Page 31
P 31, E
Exercise
i 3 1. market; 2. Street; 3. inexpensive; 4. food;
Ask students to work individually completing the 5. bread; 6. honey; 7. fruit juice; 8. theatre
sentences.
Refer to Activity Book page 24, exercise 1.
Tell them to compare their answers in pairs. Their
answers might differ, especially when food items Ask students to look at the table in this exercise
and remind them that they have seen these words
are listed. Some students might write answers in the Students Book. Ask them to do the exercise
based on their experience in Souk Jara, and others individually and tell them to refer to the Students
will have to make guesses if they havent been to Book if they are unsure about any of the words. Ask
that market. Ask students to justify their answers. two volunteers to read a column from the exercise.
Point out the mistakes and ask the rest of the class to
Page 31, Exercise 4 compare their answers with their classmates answers.
Play the cassette. Give students time to correct the

exercise.
Check students answers by walking around the
class and sampling their written work. Discuss any
recurring mistakes.
47
Module 3
Grammar Answers
/z/ chickens, eggs, tomatoes, potatoes, plums, cherries,
Countable and Uncountable Nouns pears
Page 31, Exercise 1 /s/ apricots, cakes, plants
/iz/ boxes, peaches, watches
Draw the table for this exercise on the board and
explain the task to the students. Give them some Page 31, Exercise 3
time to complete the activity in pairs.
To check the answers, play a game with the Play the cassette twice and have students repeat
students in which you divide the class into two after it. Another possibility is for each pair to
groups and ask volunteers to write one answer say the nouns to each other. In either case, walk
each in the table on the board. These students are around the classroom monitoring the activity.
supposed to have their groups consent on whether Students Book page 32
they have put the words in the correct column.
After that, the other group provides feedback.
There is / There are
If the answer is correct, the group gets one point. 4 Each of the sentences below contains a mistake. Correct the mistakes and explain what is
If it isnt, the group doesnt get any point. You may wrong.
add more words that students are familiar with 1. There is some beautiful handic
rafts in
5. Are there any bread in the market?
to the list to make the activity more fun. You may Souk Jara.
reward the group with the most correct answers.

2. There are some fruit juice in the
caf. 6. Is there any games for children?
Answers
7. There are any
3. There arent some owers in the vegetables in Sou
k Jara.
Countable nouns: theatre, vegetable, ower, street, garden.
market, trader 8. Are there some paintings in the

Uncountable nouns: trafc, bread, honey, food 4. There arent any honey in the
kitchen. market?
Over to you . . .
Page 31, Exercise 2 5 In pairs, write questions about what there is/are and what there isnt/arent in Souk Jara.
6 In pairs, take turns to ask and answer the questions. Use short answers.
Pronunciation rules: Example
Are there any antiques in Souk Jara?

The plural of nouns ending in voiced sounds (e.g.
I w
Yes, there are.
/b/, /d/, /g/, /v/, /l/, /m/, /n/, /r/, all vowels) is
pronounced /z/.
The plural of nouns ending in voiceless sounds
(e.g. /p/, /t/, /k/) is pronounced /s/.
The plural of nouns ending in sounds like /z/, /dz/,
//, /t/, /s/, /x/ is pronounced /iz/.
Read the three examples (/egz/, /eiprikots/,

/pi:tiz/). Explain to students that there are some 32
pronunciation rules for the plural without going

into too many details. It is important to make the There is / There are
difference between writing and pronunciation, as
they will practise different spellings in the exercises Page 32, Exercise 4
in the Activity Book.
Ask students to complete the exercise individually.
Play the cassette twice. If necessary, read the
While they are working, write the sentences on the
words yourself, stopping after each word. Put the
board. When they are nished, ask them to check
class into pairs. Ask them to put each noun in its
their answers in pairs. Then ask eight volunteers to
corresponding column.
come to the board and correct one sentence each,
Draw the table on the board and ask students to circling the mistake and rewriting the sentence
tell you which nouns should go in which column. correctly. Ask the rest of the class to provide
Explain any problems. feedback to their classmates.
Audioscript Elicit from the students that we use There is in
the singular and with uncountable sentences and
chickens, eggs, tomatoes, apricots, potatoes, plums,
There are in the plural, and that we use some in
cherries, boxes, pears, peaches, watches, cakes, plants
afrmative sentences and any in negative and
interrogative sentences. Ask a few students to give
you examples of sentences using There is/There
48
Module 3
are and some/any. Reinforce the students correct
sentences with positive feedback. SPEAKING SELF-ASSESSMENT
RATING SCALE
Answers I can Very good Satisfactory Poor
1. There are some beautiful handicrafts in Souk Jara.
2. There is some fruit juice in the caf. Ask questions
3. There arent any owers in the garden. using Is/Are
4. There isnt any honey in the kitchen. there
5. Is there any bread in the market? Answer Yes/No
6. Are there any games for children? questions
7. There are some vegetables in Souk Jara.
8. Are there any paintings in the market?
Use countable
and
uncountable
Over to you ...
nouns correctly
Page 32, Exercise 5 Interact easily
with my partner
Ask students to go back to pages 30 and 31 in pairs,
and write down questions about Souk Jara. If some Pronounce
pairs have problems, you may help them by writing all the words
some cues on the board. clearly
Give students time to think and write their
questions. Refer to Activity Book pages 2427.
Ask students to do the exercises individually. Then
Answers ask them to read the rst answer of every exercise
separately and tell them to explain why each one is
Questions about Souk Jara might include the following:
correct in order to make sure they understand the use
Is there any food in Souk Jara? of There is/There are and some/any. Remind them that
Are there any dresses in Souk Jara? they should pay attention to the sounds of the plural
Can we nd any antiques there? nouns in order to ll in the box correctly.
Are there any policemen in the Souk?
Optional Activity
Page 32, Exercise 6 Arrange students in groups according to who lives
Students continue to work in pairs and take turns in the same neighbourhood. Ask each group to
asking and answering each others questions. If describe their local markets, the buildings or places
you have time, you may have some students ask that are around them and the things one can buy
the whole class their questions. Check students there.
pronunciation and intonation in either case.
When the task is nished, draw the following table
on the board, and ask students to copy it in their
notebooks. Tell them to assess themselves and their
partners, ticking the corresponding boxes in the
table.
49
Module 3
Students look at the map and do the activity in
Skills focus pairs. Use this opportunity to revise the vocabulary
from the previous lessons.
I want to see the Suggested answers

ie s!
There is a t
s e e h
park e
and m
an u m mstation
underground near the
t o
mummies!
I wa n t
British Museum.
There isnt any hospital or airport near the British
Museum.
To determine the meanings of words in context related to Page 33, Exercise 1
a museum
To read an article about the British Museum
To practise the vocabulary related to places and things in
the British Museum
To practise There is/There are (afrmative, negative,
interrogative)
To give directions in context. They try to guess their meanings with a
To listen to a dialogue to acquire vocabulary partner. Then, ask the pairs to share their answers
To write a paragraph about a museum with the whole class and write down the ones they
havent guessed.
Materials
Students Book pages 3335 Audioscript
Dictionaries
Glossary Activity Book pages 7273 1 There are famous objects in the British Museum.
Cassette 2 In the souvenir shop, you can buy souvenirs for your
Acivity Book: Module 3 pages 2829 friends and family.
3 Visit the galleries where there are famous objects.
4 Do you want to see any objects on the ground oor?
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activities. 5 Lets go to the upper oor.
6 Theres some treasure in the British Museum.
7 I want to see the mummies in the museum.
Page 33, Exercise 2

L
EL
SS
RU Play the cassette again to give the students another
RE chance to guess the meanings of the rest of the
UA
SQ words. After that, they can check their answers in
BL
E
AC
OO
PL
MO
T UE pairs in the Activity Book glossary or in a dictionary.

MS
EE
NT
G
SO
TR NT
A
BU
AG
S AY
UT
MO
TO
EW
GE
UE
RY
ON
You can refer to the Teachers Book introduction
HA
OD
TT
T
S
EE
S
O
T
MP
EN
G
TR
TR
S page 14 to help the students use the dictionary
TON
HA
EE
LL
SE Y
T
M
US WA
ROW
effectively.
CO
TR URY
EA
UR
B
GR MS
TR
OO LBOR
BL HIGH HO
OA
FORD ST
REET Find the words
D
NEW OX
REET
FORD ST
NEW OX
.
Students work in pairs reading the denitions and

AVE
STREET
RY
N
OXFORD OR matching them to the key words in exercise 1.
BU
LB
HO
S
H
TE
AF HIG
SH
Answers
gallery; mummy; treasure
n t t o s e e th e m u m m ie s!
I wa Students Book page 34
1 Listen to the words below in context. Try to guess their
meanings.
Before you start
Reading
Look at the map.
In pairs, describe
what there is and
2 Listen again and check your guesses in the Activity Book
Page 34, Exercise 3
what there isnt
near the British
Museum. You may decide to do this activity with students
working either individually or in pairs.
Find the words
Give students time to read the article on the British
33 Museum. Ask them to underline any words they do
not know.
50
Module 3
Page 34, Exercise 4
Ground oor plan

Ask students to read the last paragraph of the text.
Upper oor plan
33
Egyptian mummies
In pairs, students take turns to give each other
Aztec turquoise
33b
serpent
directions to get to the British Museum. Tell them
24 26 27 that they should refer to the map on page 33,
56 which shows the British Museum surrounded by
four underground stations, and which mentions the
1
names of the different streets around the museum.
bookshop
Reading Room
Also, draw their attention to the road signs shown
on the map. Ask them if they know what these
Sutton Hoo
treasure
signs mean and if they know any other road signs.
souvenir
shop
Great Court
cafs
41
Emphasise the importance of road signs for the
safety of passengers and people on the streets.
As you enter the British Museum, you go How can you get to the British Museum?
into the Great Court. There are two cafs, a Simple! There are four underground stations
souvenir shop, a bookshop and the famous
Reading Room.
near the museum. Get off at Russell Square.
Walk down Southampton Row. Turn right
Answers
5 Visit the galleries to see famous objects like 15 at Great Russell Street. Look out for the
the Aztec turquoise serpent, the Sutton Hoo road sign; its a one-way street. Walk past This is just an example. Students may produce other
treasure and the Egyptian mummies. Bloomsbury Square on your left and Bedford
Do you want to feel what people felt in the Place and Montague Street on your right, acceptable answers.
and there you are. If you get to the trafc
past? Visit the Hands on desks and touch
10 the objects from the museums collection! 20 lights, youre gone too far!
Get off at Goodge Street. Walk down Tottenham Court
Road up to Great Russell Street. Turn left and there you
READING 3 Read this article about the British Museum and answer these
questions.
are.
a. What are some of the objects found in the galleries of the
museum?
b. What activities can you do to help you learn about the way
people lived in the past? Students Book page 35
c. What would you like to see in the British Museum? Why?
4 In pairs, take turns to give each other directions to get to the
British Museum from the other underground stations.
Example Get off at Goodge Street. Walk down
34 VOCABULARY 5 Read the dialogue between Ibrahim and Noura. Then, ll in the
blanks with the following words. You can look at the plan of the
museum to help you.
When
h they
h h have read
d the
h article
l once, hhave a
round of students asking the meanings of words Ibrahim: Well, at last! Here we are past the (4) ___________, through
at the British Museum. The Great rooms 26 and 27, we go up the East
they do not know. Write them on the board. Try to Court is enormous!
Noura: Look! Thats the
Stairs, through room 33b, and there
we are!
make them guess the meanings from the context. (1) ___________ shop!
Ibrahim: Girls! You always
Ibrahim: Brilliant! Do you want
to see any objects on the
Eventually, let them use the dictionary or tell them want to buy things.
Why dont we see the
ground oor?
Noura: Well, I want to
the meanings. objects before buying
souvenirs?
see the (5) ___________
serpent. Its in room
Noura: OK! Where do 27.
Check understanding of the text by asking simple we go rst?
Ibrahim: Lets see.
Ibrahim: OK. Why
not? And then?
questions, e.g. How many objects are there in the Were on the
(2) ___________
Where do we go after
that?
British Museum? Where do they come from? What __________. Lets see
the Sutton Hoo
Noura: Well, I want to
see the (6) __________,
so lets go to the
can we see in the galleries? (3) ___________. How do
we get there? (7) ___________ ___________.
Noura: Let me see the plan. We go Ibrahim: Me too! I love mummies!
Ask students whether they have visited the local
museum if there is one or whether they have What do you think? 6 Now listen to Ibrahim and Noura and check your answers.
If you want to understand In a group, discuss your guesses.
visited museums in other cities or abroad. today, you have to search
yesterday. 7 Match the places with the actions.
PEARL BUCK a. In an underground station 1. you can buy food and gadgets.
Then ask students to read and answer the b. At the museum 2. you can see historical objects.
questions. Remind them that they have to provide Writing Strategies:

Thinking of and
c. In a souvenir shop 3. you can travel from one part of a
city to another.
organising ideas
a reason from the text for their answers. Before you start,
d. At the market 4. you can buy souvenirs for your
family and friends.
decide what you
want to write
Give students some time to write the answers in about.
8 In a group, give each other directions to see the objects Noura and
Ibrahim want to see. Tell the class about it.
Use diagrams to
their notebooks. help you think of
ideas and organise
9 In pairs, nd out about your partners area. Ask questions with
Is there a / Are there any ? and How many are there?
them.
Use short answers.
Put the students in pairs to discuss their answers. WRITING 10 Follow the Writing Strategies on the left to write a paragraph
about a museum you have been to. What did you like most
Then check answers with the whole class. about it? Why?
35
Answers
a. The Aztec turquoise /ztek tkwOis/ serpent, the
Sutton Hoo /stn hu/ treasure and the Egyptian Vocabulary
mummies are found in the museum.
b. You can visit the Hands on desks and touch objects
Page 35, Exercise 5
from the museums collection to learn about the way Have students do the exercise individually. Remind
people lived in the past. them that they can refer to the plan of the British
c. Students own answers Museum to ll in the blanks.
51
Module 3
Have pairs of students say their instructions as a
Page 35, Exercise 6 way of checking the answers with the whole class.
Read the rubric carefully and make sure students
understand what they have to do. Answers
Play the cassette once. Tell them to check their
answers individually. Then play it again for students
to check their answers in groups. Finally, ask Page 35, Exercise 9
students within a group to discuss one anothers
Students do the activity in pairs. It may be
guesses.
advisable to provide some examples of places in
Have a nal check with the class as a whole. the city for students to use as a reference. You may
Explain or comment on mistakes. also decide to do the exercise with other cities. If
you are planning to do the Optional Activities, ask
Audioscript
them to take down notes.
Ibrahim: Well, at last! Here we are at the British
Museum. The Great Court is enormous! Answers
Noura: Look! Thats the souvenir shop! Students own answers
Ibrahim: Girls! You always want to buy things. Why
dont we see the objects before buying Writing
souvenirs?
Noura: OK! Where do we go rst? Page 35, Exercise 10
Ibrahim: Lets see. Were on the ground oor. Lets
see the Sutton Hoo treasure. How do we get
Read the Writing Strategies with the class. To help
there?
students organise their ideas, you can make use of
Noura: Let me see the plan. We go past the bookshop,
the sample graphic organisers on pages 124126 of
through rooms 26 and 27, we go up the East
the Teachers Book.
Stairs, through room 33b, and there we are! Students do the activity individually. Walk around
Ibrahim: Brilliant! Do you want to see any objects on the class monitoring the activity and answering
the ground oor? questions where needed.
Noura: Well, I want to see the turquoise serpent. Its
in room 27. Answers
Ibrahim: OK. Why not? And then? Where do we go Answers may include:
after that? big
Noura: Well, I want to see the mummies, so lets go to old
the upper oor. mummies
Ibrahim: Me too! I love mummies! golden
statues
souvenirs
Answers
1. souvenir; 2. ground oor; 3. treasure; 4. bookshop; What do you think?
5. turquoise; 6. mummies; 7. upper oor Read the quotation to the class and ask them to
explain what it means. Tell them to share their
Page 35, Exercise 7 ideas with the whole class.
Students do the exercise individually. Walk around Refer to Activity Book pages 2829.
the class monitoring the activity.
Put the students in pairs to do the exercises. Make
Tell students to compare their answers in pairs sure they recognise all the animals at London Zoo. Ask
before checking them with the whole class. students to keep working in pairs and choose different
animals in order to direct each other to get to the
Walk around the class, checking individual location of his/her animal. Offer your help with the rest
students responses. Write the answers on the of the exercises.
board for students to check. Discuss any common
Optional Activities
mistakes with the whole class.
Have students go over their notes for exercise
Answers 9 and give one another instructions to visit the
a. 3; b. 2; c. 4; d. 1 different places in their cities.
Ask students to nd illustrations of road signs on
Page 35, Exercise 8 the Internet and to work in groups, choosing only
Students do the task in groups. Walk around the ve. They then share with the other groups what
class monitoring the activity. these road signs stand for.
52
Module 3
Lesson 6
Communication Workshop fa m o u s pl ac e in my tow n.
r e i s a
The
There is a famous place in
Vi sit Th e Rom
Th eatr e in Am
an
m an
ill nd
ou wwill
tage yyou he
nd tthe
Before you start tre Nea
N he sstag
ear tthe
my town.
heaatre
Romaann TThe
he Rom
Look at the photo Wel
W come ttoo tthe
elcom i nM usseeum
Mus lar
opuular
um ooff PPop
of the mos t JJorddania
in Amm an, one an
Traditions, and the Amm
and read the title of
city. It
the brochure. Have amazing sights in the Folklore Museum whe
re you can
century
you been to this
was built in the second 20 see tradition
al costumes and
place before? Tell
5 CE (Comm
on Era) in what was
your partner about
adelphia. handicrafts.
your experience. the Roman city of Phil
The outcomes of this lesson are: The theatre was divided
into You can get to the mus
eum
tre of
on foot from the cen
people
To discuss interesting places in students cities or in other three parts: important downtown, the modern
part of
the stage
sat in the part nearest get a taxi from any
cities or other countries 10 and soldiers
sat further away;
25 Amman, or
away of the central hotels.

To read a brochure about the Roman Theatre in Amman ordinary people sat far
top of the theatre but
To write a brochure about an interesting place at the
so well
because the theatre was
To make an oral presentation about the place designed they could still
see
To practise commas in numbers and in lists 15 and hear
the actors.
To practise joining sentences with but and however
Teaching tips SPEAKING AND 1 Read the brochure. What is special about the way the theatre was
WRITING built?
Some students may be unfamiliar with writing brochures. 2 In a group, make a list of interesting places in your city or in
Not all students will have ideas for places to write their another city in Jordan.
brochure about. It may be necessary to give students 3 Make a brochure about one of these places. Write down its main
characteristics. Here are some ideas about what to include:
further suggestions about possible places. A map of the place and its surroundings, some photographs
Opening date or approximate age
Special characteristics of the building
Materials How you can get there (underground, bus, taxi, car, on foot)
4 To make your brochure, follow the outline in exercise 3 and the

Students Book page 36 brochure above. Then present your brochure orally to your class.
36
Dictionaries
Cassette
Speaking and Writing

Ask students to read the brochure. You may decide
to do this activity with students working either
individually or in pairs.
Give students time to read the brochure and
Before you start discuss the question.
Students work in pairs talking about their Walk around the class monitoring the activity.
experience in the Roman Theatre. Then have a Check selected students answers as you do so.
general discussion about the Roman Theatre. Finally, write the answers on the board for students
Then ask students to draw the table below in their to check. Note that CE refers to Common Era, also
notebook and ll it in as in the example. You may known as AD.
show them a few pictures of the Roman Theatre if Suggested answer
you can provide some. Collect all the notebooks
and distribute them to random students. Ask The design of the theatre meant even those people
volunteers to tell the class about what they have sitting at the top could see and hear the actors.
in the checklist below.
Page 36, Exercise 2
Question Yes No Details Go over the characteristics of the places students
Have you ever seen should be thinking about. Suggest a couple of
the Roman Theatre? places and write them on the board for the less
imaginative students.
Would you like to next week; with
visit it? my family In groups, ask them to make their own list of the
possible places to write about. Make sure they
Do you know people my classmate take down notes. Refer to page 14 of the Teachers
who visited it? Huda; my uncle Book to guide students in using notebooks.
Saleem
53
Module 3
Answers
BROCHURE-WRITING ASSESSMENT
Students own answers LEARNING LOG
Students name: Date:
Page 36, Exercise 3
Students continue to work in groups. They decide Type of writing: Title:
on a place and write the brochure following the brochure
instructions. For example, if they choose the
museum, stadium or public library, they have to Content Very good Satisfactory Poor
do the following: get photos, nd or draw a map, Accuracy
research some information about the building and
Sentence
what makes it special, ways of travelling to this
structure
place ...
Organisation
If you have plenty of time, you can take your
students to the school library or to the computer Layout/Design
room so they can nd out more characteristics of Spelling
the place they chose. If you dont have time, you
may set this exercise and the following one as The sources I used:
homework.
The part(s) I like best:
Page 36, Exercise 4
If you do not have time, students can write the This piece can be improved by:
brochure at home and the presentation can take
place in the following class.
If you have time, have students write the brochure Answers
in class. In this case, while students write and Students own answers
illustrate their brochure, walk around the class
monitoring the activity. Make notes of the mistakes
you hear. Refer to Activity Book pages 3031.
Explain to students the use of the comma and
All students in the group should cooperate in
emphasise that it is used in lists and with long numbers
checking the brochure for spelling, the use of the
but not with dates. Briey explain the difference
Present Simple, capital letters, full stops, commas
between but and however. Ask them to start working
and apostrophes, and the conjunctions they have
on the exercises once everything is clear to them.
learnt.
Read your notes on the mistakes students made Optional Activity
while working on exercises 3 and 4. Do not say Ask students to choose the place they would like
who made them, simply discuss the mistakes with to visit out of all the places mentioned by the
the whole class. different groups. They should give reasons for their
For general guidance on brochure writing, see page choice. Have an open discussion.
13 of the Teachers Book.
To end the exercise, draw the following table on
the board and ask volunteers to ll it in. Then
ask the whole class to copy the table in their
notebooks and complete it. When theyre nished,
ask them to work in groups, providing feedback to
their partners in brochure writing and discussing
their weak points in order to improve their
brochure-writing skills.
54
Module 3
Lesson 7 Answers
Some: meat, sh, cheese, honey, bread, tea, coffee,
Language Development sugar
A: tomato, potato
An: apple, egg
To practise countable and uncountable nouns Page 37, Exercise 2
To practise There is/There are (afrmative, negative and
interrogative) Give students a few minutes to do the exercise
To listen to a conversation to consolidate the use of verb individually. They then work in pairs, reading the
to be dialogue in order to check their answers. Ask them
To practise the modules vocabulary to correct each other if there were any mistakes.
Materials After that, ask pairs of students to carry out a
Students Book pages 3738 similar dialogue, asking and asnwering about what
Cassette there is and there isnt.
Page 37, Exercise 3
Exercises 1, 2 and 4 can be set as homework. Explain that students will have to listen to the
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. cassette to check their answers.
Play the cassette. Give students time to correct
Students Book pages 3738 their exercises individually.
Then, ask two or three volunteers to write their
3 Listen to the conversation and check answers on the board. Compare the different
your answers.
1 Mr Faisal is a restaurant owner. Every
4 Salma and her mother are talking.
wn. morning he goes to the market in Amman.
Read a small part of his shopping list and
Complete the gaps in their dialogue with mistakes.
these forms of the verb to be is (s), are
write some or a/an in front of each noun.
(re), isnt, arent.
meat egg potato

Audioscript
sh cheese tea
tomato honey coffee
apple bread sugar Mr Abbas: So, how are you today, Mr Faisal? What do
2 Mr Abbas is a trader at the market. Read you need for your restaurant?
the conversation between Mr Faisal and
Mr Abbas. Complete the gaps in the
Mr Faisal: Fine, thanks, Mr Abbas! Are there any nice
Mrs Fayed: So, what do we buy for
dialogue underlining the correct word
some or any.
your party? How many friends big aubergines today?
(1) _______ there on your list?
Salma: There (2) _______ fteen. Mr Abbas: Here you are! How many kilos?
Mrs Fayed: Fifteen! Thats a lot of
people! OK! Lets see. We need
Mr Faisal: Just eight kilos. Oh! And some potatoes,
(an hour later ... ) onions, carrots,
Salma: Well, I think we have all
we need. There (3) _______ a Mr Abbas: The usual ten kilos of each?
Mr Abbas: So, how are you today, lot of cheese and bread for the
Mr Faisal? What do you need for sandwiches. There (4) _______ a lot Mr Faisal: Yes, and some tomatoes too.
your restaurant? of lemonade too.
Mr Faisal: Fine, thanks, Mr Abbas! Mrs Fayed: What else, Salma?
Mr Abbas: What else, Mr Faisal? Ive got some very
Are there (1) some/any nice big (5) _______ there any tea or cola?
aubergines today? Salma: Im afraid there (6) _______
sweet apples.
Mr Abbas: Here you are! How many any tea. The girls dont like it very Mr Faisal: Are there any cherries?
kilos? much.
Mr Faisal: Just eight kilos. Oh! And
(2) any/some potatoes, onions,
Mrs Fayed: Oh no! What will I Mr Abbas: Im afraid there arent any.
drink?!
carrots,
Mr Abbas: The usual ten kilos of
each? 5 Listen to the conversation and check
Mr Faisal: Yes, and (3) some/any
tomatoes too.
your answers. Answers
Mr Abbas: What else, Mr Faisal?
Ive got (4) any/some very sweet 1. any; 2. some; 3. some; 4. some; 5. any; 6. any
apples.
Mr Faisal: Are there (5) some/any
cherries?
Mr Abbas: Im afraid there arent
Page 37, Exercise 4
(6) any/some.
37
Students work in pairs. One of them takes the part
of Mrs Fayed and the other takes the part of Salma.
Page 37, Exercise 1 Then, they ll in the gaps individually.
When they are nished, ask them to read their
Read the task to the students and address any
sentences in the form of a dialogue as it is shown in
problems. Ask students to work individually.
the Students Book. Tell them to correct each other
Give them time to do the exercise. While they are if they have detected any mistakes.
working, walk around the class monitoring the
activity.
Have students read their lists.
55
Module 3
Page 38, Crossword puzzle
Page 37, Exercise 5
Have a quick review of relevant vocabulary
Play the cassette. Give students time to correct words using pictures of items that students have
their answers. encountered in the module. Explain to the students
While the cassette is playing, write the correct that they have to work individually and that they
forms on the board for less condent students to have a time limit to have this activity done.
have a guide to check their answers against.
You may motivate students by telling them that
Have a show of hands to see what the mistakes the rst students who complete the task will be
were. Explain why the sentences were wrong. rewarded. Set a time limit. When time is up, have
If you have time, ask students to work in pairs, a show of hands to see who has rst completed the
carrying out a similar dialogue in preparation for a task.
certain celebration.
Answers
Audioscript Across Down
1. antique 7. homemade
Mrs Fayed: So, what do we buy for your party? How
2. theatre 8. market
many friends are there on your list?
Salma: There are fteen. 3. handicraft 9. trafc
Mrs Fayed: Fifteen! Thats a lot of people! OK! Lets see. 4. museum 10. outdoor
We need 5. traditional
(an hour later ) 6. treasure
Salma: Well, I think we have all we need. Theres a
lot of cheese and bread for the sandwiches.
Theres a lot of lemonade too.
?
Mrs Fayed: What else, Salma? Is there any tea or cola? Ask students to guess which is a fruit. Tell them that
Salma: Im afraid there isnt any tea. The girls dont most of them might guess correctly, but they will
like it very much. have to research their justication. Have a discussion
Mrs Fayed: Oh no! What will I drink?! about it.
Answers Answers
1. are; 2. are; 3. s; 4. s; 5. Is; 6. isnt The potato isnt a fruit. It is a stem that grows under
the ground. It stores food and water under the ground,
where it is relatively cooler.
Crossword Puzzle Refer to Activity Book pages 3233.

Refer the students to the exercises to read them.
Across Before they start writing their answers, ask them if
1. An object that is old and has a lot of value.
2. A building where people come to watch a play.
10
O they have any questions. Invite students to give their
3. An object that people make with their hands. 1
A comments about the module and say what they liked
4. A building where people go to see important objects.
and did not like.
5. A _________ dress is something people used to wear a long time ago.
6. A collection of precious objects.
Down
Optional Activity
7. Made at home, not in a shop.
8. A place where people buy and sell food and other things.
2
Do the Evaluation on page 33 of the Activity Book
9. A lot of cars on the road.
10. Outside, not inside a building.
9
T
after students have completed the test. Then there
3
are two courses of action:
H
7
a) mark the tests;
4
M b) ask students to exchange their tests and mark
one anothers mistakes. Then go over the test
8
M
5
T
6
T
?
Which of these isnt a fruit? Why?
melon potato banana plum
38
56
Module 3
Lesson 8 Divide the class into groups. Explain that each
group will have to think about their ideal town,
draw their plans and design an eco-friendly public
Project 3 transportation system.
Read the instructions with students and have a
Design your ideal town discussion about which places a city needs and
which places are not essential. You should also
discuss where these places should be.
As soon as the students have specied the purpose,
To practise the Present Simple in a task they identify the audience for their brochure. Then,
To practise countable and uncountable nouns they decide on the content.
To practise the modules vocabulary in a town plan
To draw a plan of a town Once students know what they have to do, give a
To design a brochure about a transportation system large sheet of construction paper to each group,
To practise the language in a cooperative and as well as magazine cutouts for the buildings
non-stressful atmosphere and some foil for the river. Students are to work
together to draw the plan for their ideal city,
Materials
designing its public transportation system and
preparing the oral presentation.
A large sheet of construction paper per group, magazine
cutouts of various buildings (bank, restaurant, hospital, When students have nished the project, you
etc.), foil, marker pens and crayons may ask them to use the same brochure-writing
assessment table they have completed in Lesson 6,
page 54 of the Teachers Book. Ask them to redraw
Make sure all groups have the necessary materials. Bring
it and complete it. Ask them to compare it with the
to the class a large sheet of construction paper for each
previous one in order to check whether they have
group, magazine cutouts, foil and some extra marker pens
and crayons.
progressed in brochure writing. Discuss the results
You may decide that students do the Project as homework with the whole class.
and give the oral presentations in class.
Before you star t

Your task is ...
Think about your ideal town
. What
would you like to have: a
park, a r ideal town and
museum, a theatre, a scho To draw the plans for you
ol, a train
n
a bro chu re abo ut an eco-friendly
station, a bank? Is there
a river, to design
n sys tem .
a bridge, a mosque? Are ther
ea p lic transportatio
pub
lot of houses? Where are
they?
A Your rst assignment

You and your friends are architects. Decide where you want the buildings to go
and draw them on a large piece of paper. Draw the streets, the parks and the
river.
B Your second assignment

What types of transportation are there in this town? Bus, railway,
underground? Discuss which system is best for the environment and what
buildings it should link. Decide where to put the underground, bus and railway
stations. Give your town a name. Present your town to the class.
39
57
Module 3
N MO
IO
D
REVIS
U LE
S
I now know ...
Lessons 1 and 2 Answers

1. b; 2. a; 3. b; 4. c; 5. c; 6. a; 7. b; 8. c; 9. b
and interrogative)
To practise the Present Simple tense with adverbs of time Before you start
Answer these questions about jobs, global warming and
and frequency Revise what you
learnt in Modules
different places.
To review the vocabulary related to jobs, sports, climatic 13.
change, places and food
Materials 1 Who takes care of people in a 6 What do the gases around the Earth
hospital? form?
Students Book pages 4041 a. ight attendant a. the atmosphere
Cassette b. nurse b. carbon dioxide
c. reman c. the climate
Activity Book: I now know pages 3435
2 What does a miner do? 7 In which Jordanian area is Souk
a. digs the earth Jara?
How to go about the material: b. puts out re a. Jordan Valley
c. performs dangerous actions in a lm b. Jabal Amman
You may ask students to do the quiz and all the exercises c. downtown
3 Which person protects people?
on page 41 as homework and then correct them orally 8 Where can we nd the Sutton Hoo
a. stuntman treasure?
in the following class. b. policeman a. in the Roman Theatre
c. reman
If you have time, you may do the revision of Modules 13 b. in London's market
c. in the British Museum
in class before asking students to do the exercises. 4 What is global warming?
a. It is when the climate of the Earth 9 How many parts was the Roman
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. changes. Theatre in Amman divided into?
b. It is when the weather is very hot.
a. 2
c. It is when Earth's atmosphere warms
b. 3
up.
c. 4
Students Book page 40 5 When do we have a ood?
a. when there is drought
b. when there is a lot of pollution
Before you start c. when it rains very much
If you have decided to do the revision in class, give

students time to go over their notes in pairs and
the pages of Modules 13. Use this opportunity to
40
begin the revision of the Present Simple and the
Imperative by asking questions about the different
points of Modules 13.
Teaching tips Page 41, Exercise 1

Read through the quiz with students. Have a Read the instructions. Give students a few minutes
short discussion about the different topics of the to do the exercise.
quiz.
Answers
Ask students to work in pairs answering the
questions. Walk around the class monitoring the 1. Where; 2. Who; 3. What; 4. When; 5. Why;
activity. 6. How many
Have individual students tell the whole class

what they think the answers are. Write their
suggestions on the board.
Write the correct answers next to the students
suggestions. Have a show of hands to see how
many got the correct answers.
58
Page 41, Exercise 2
Have a general round of students reading their
questions.
1 Complete the questions with these words. 5 Find 10 words from Module 3 and write
Read the instructions. Divide the class in pairs. Tell them down.
p b v r o u t d o o r g c
students that to answer the questions they are
l a f m u m m i e s x v r
allowed to look through the Module 1. Explain that 1. ___ does Kareem Mahmoud y every
u s o u v e n i r t o r m
the fastest pair to answer all the questions correctly Friday?
2. ___ is a sherman? m m t s u y m a r k e t q
will be the winner. You may wish to give some 3. ___ does Dr Fred do? s t h e a t r e e n t e r
sweets to the champions as a prize. 4. ___ does Salma talk to people?
k l p u r m r a i l w a y
5. ___ do policemen perform dangerous
activities? t e a m a t r e a s u r e
Answers 6. ___ elements are there in danger?
Across Down
2 In pairs, look for the answers to the
1. o ___________ 9. p ___________
1. Kareem Mahmoud ies to Sao Paulo in Brazil every questions in exercise 1 in Module 1.
2. m ___________ 10. m ___________
3 Complete this passage with the correct
Friday. form of these verbs.
3. s ___________
4. m ___________
2. Sami is a sherman. 5. th ___________
3. Dr Fred is a psychologist. 6. r ___________
7. t ___________
4. Salma talks to people at night. 8. t ___________
5. Policemen perform dangerous activities because these Always Sometimes Never

I can read a text
are part of their job. and answer related
questions.
6. There are two elements in danger: one is fear, the I can listen to a
conversation and
other is the need to defeat fear. check my answers.
I can use the new
words.
I can participate in
Page 41, Exercise 3

the speaking tasks
well.
I can do the
grammar activities
Students read the rubric and in pairs complete the 4 Now listen and check your answers. In
correctly.
I can do the writing
a group, discuss your guesses.
exercise in their notebooks. tasks correctly.
41
Ask students to give their notebooks to other pairs
for them to correct their sentences. Explain that
they should not write anything until they have Answers
listened to the passage on the cassette. 1. have; 2. emits; 3. are; 4. is not; 5. cannot; 6. see
Page 41, Exercise 4

Page 41, Exercise 5
Explain that students will listen to the passage and
they will check their friends answers against it. Read the instructions. If you have a slow class put
students into pairs. Otherwise, students may work
Play the cassette. As the cassette is playing write individually to complete the task.
the answers on the board for slower students to
use as a reference. Answers
Have a show of hands to see how many students Across: 1. outdoor; 2. mummies; 3. souvenir;
got the correct answer. Have the groups of four 4. market; 5. theatre; 6. railway; 7. team; 8. treasure
students who have shared their answers comment Down: 9. plums; 10. museum
on the mistakes, then discuss the mistakes as a
class. If necessary, refer students to the Grammar
Notes in the corresponding modules or tell them to
revise them at home. Ask students to do the exercises individually using
what they have learnt in Modules 1, 2 and 3. They
Audioscript then work in pairs assessing each others work and
deducing what difculties they have encountered in
Aeroplanes have a big effect on global warming. the rst semester.
An aeroplane emits a lot of carbon dioxide into the
atmosphere. These are responsible for about 3% of all
Optional Activity
CO2 emissions on our planet. Ask students to evaluate their learning of the
Carbon dioxide is a very dangerous gas, but it is not the language and the different tasks and skills by
only one. Some aeroplanes also emit lots of another placing a tick () in the right box.
greenhouse gas: water vapour. We cannot see carbon
dioxide, but we can see water vapour the white
streaks left behind an aeroplane.
59
Revision Modules 13
LE
DU
MO
Wonders of the ancient world

LE
MO
To practise the Past Simple tense to talk about ancient cities
and wonders of the world
To listen to a dialogue about the wonders of the ancient
world
To read an article about the list of the Seven Wonders of the
world
h e a n c i e nt
To write a report about a wonder of the world
d e r s of t o rld
To make a wonder diorama
Background Wo n w
The Hanging Gardens of Babylon were built in the ancient city of
Babylon (in present-day Iraq). They are renowned for their
once-great beauty and splendour.
The Pyramids of Giza can still be found on the outskirts of Cairo.
They are important partly because nobody knows exactly how
such a complex feat of engineering was achieved using ancient
Outcomes
building methods. They are also the only one of the seven
ancient wonders of the world still standing today.
The Lighthouse of Alexandria was built on the island of Pharos able to:
You will be s of new
in Alexandria, Egypt. At over 400 feet, it was one of the ic t the meaning
pr ed
tallest man-made structures on earth and possibly the tallest vocabulary
ite m s
tense to talk
lighthouse ever built. Past Simple
practise the cities and wonders of
t
about ancien
Lesson 1 the world

listen to a di
wonde rs of
alogue abou ld
th e ancient wor
le about the
t the
list of the
read an artic of th e world
de rs
The outcomes of this lesson are: Seven Won r of the world
about a wonde
write a report
To listen to a dialogue about the wonders of the ancient diorama
e a wonder
Project: Mak
world
To use context to guess the meanings of new words 4
42
To talk about the ancient wonders of the world
Materials
Dictionaries
Ask students if they know anything about
Glossary Activity Book pages 7374 ancient cities and how people lived, what they
Cassette did, where they lived, etc.
How to go about the material: Explain what a diorama is to prepare students
Exercise 2 can be set as homework. for the project.
Before you start
Students Book pages 4243 Encourage a discussion about the reasons why
these places were considered wonders.
Teaching tips Some factors to consider are size, scale, age and
purpose. Encourage students to think of differences
Ask students to read the title of the module, to
look at the pictures and to tell you what they and similarities among the ancient wonders.
think the module is about. Ask What are ancient Direct them to notice that all three examples
wonders? depicted are in the Middle East, and to speculate
Read through the outcomes of the module with why that might be so.
students.
Ask students whether they know any locations Answers
which they believe are wonders. Encourage They are ancient wonders: the Hanging Gardens of
students to tell the class what they know about Babylon in Iraq; the Great Pyramids of Giza and the
them. Make a list on the board. Lighthouse of Alexandria in Egypt.
They are thousands of years old.
60
Page 43, Exercise 2
Play the cassette for students to listen to the key
words in context. Pause after each sentence and
ask students to work in pairs to guess the meaning
of the key word.
t
rld 3
Listen again and check your
Before you start pages 7374 or in the classroom
dictionary.
Look at the pictures.
Where are these places? 4 In a group, use your notes to discuss
How old do you think what you know about the wonders
of the ancient world. Where can
Audioscript
they are? What else do
you know about them? they be found? What makes
them so important? Are there any 1 Petra was voted one of the new Seven Wonders of
monuments present today that
the World.
1 Follow these instructions.
are similar to those mentioned in
exercise 1?
2 Im working on a project about the wonders of the
Listen to two students talking about ancient world.
the wonders of the ancient world. How
3 The Egyptians used the pyramids as tombs to bury
old are they? What were they used for?
How do we know about them? Take their kings.
notes about what you hear. 4 Archaeologists are people who study old places.
5 Archaeologists explore the ancient world.
2 Listen to the words below in 6 They study old monuments and locations.
context. Try to guess their meanings.
Page 43, Exercise 3

Put the students in groups and ask them to check
43
their guesses and do the necessary corrections
while you play the cassette again. Then, tell them
Page 43, Exercise 1 to check their answers in the Activity Book glossary
or in a dictionary.
Play the cassette and give students time to write
down the answers to the questions.
Page 43, Exercise 4
Play the cassette again for students to check or
complete their answers. Have a general round of Read the instructions. Whether you do the whole
students answering the questions using their notes. of the introductory lesson on the same day or in
two different lessons, refer to the notes students
Audioscript took in exercise 1.
Divide the class into groups. Tell students
Ramzi: Hello, Maher. What are you doing?
to complete the task using their notes. Give
Maher: Im working on a project about the wonders of
the ancient world.
them time to discuss. Call their attention to
Ramzi: That sounds interesting!
the Hanging Gardens of Babylon, the Pyramids
Maher: Yeah! Do you know that most of these wonders
and the Lighthouse of Alexandria. Is there a
were built by people thousands of years ago?
relationship between the three? You can refer to
Ramzi: Really? Why did they build them?
the background information about these places
Maher: Some of them were used as tombs where kings
on page 60 of the Teachers Book. Make sure the
were buried, while others were places where
whole group makes notes on their discussion.
people prayed. Have the different groups read their notes and give
Ramzi: How do you know that? explanations as to their conclusions. Walk around
Maher: Well, this is what archaeologists discovered while the class monitoring the activity.
exploring the ancient world.
Ramzi: Hmm Whats an archaeologist? Answers
Maher: Archaeologists are people who study old Example answer: They are ancient wonders used in
monuments and locations. This tells them a lot different ways for different purposes.
about the history of the place and the people
who lived there.
Ramzi: Wow! I would like to be an archaeologist one day! Remember!
Answers
They are thousands of years old. Optional Activity
Some of them were used as tombs where kings were Put students into groups and tell each group to
buried, while others were places where people prayed. choose a different wonder of the world. Each group
We know about the ancient world because of
will write about their location: where it is, what it
archaeologists who study old monuments and locations.
was used for, etc. 61
Module 4
Lessons 2 and 3 n e w S e v e n Wo n de rs
The
The new Seven Wonders
1 Read the Reading Strategies.
Before you start
How many of the new
Reading Strategies: Preparation
Seven Wonders of the
The outcomes of these lessons are: world do you know? Before reading, look at the title, pictures and the rst few lines of
What do you know the text. Look for clues to help you predict what kind of text it is
To read a newspaper article about the city of Petra about them? Have you
and what it is about.
Read the text to get the general idea. Ignore words you dont know.
To determine the meanings of words in context related to visited any of them?
Read the text again. Try to work out the meaning of important new
words. Use a dictionary if you cant.
wonders of the world Read any comprehension questions and try to think of possible
answers. Then nd answers to the questions in the text.
To practise the Past Simple of the verb to be and of regular
verbs (afrmative, negative and interrogative) 2 Read this newspaper article about the city of Petra.
To pronounce the nal -ed in past tense regular verbs

To listen to information about ancient Jordan to develop
vocabulary 7 July 2007
Today is a very important day for Jordan. A lot of people
voted for Petra to be one of the new Seven Wonders of
Teaching tips the World. The name Petra comes from the Greek word
rock. The city received its name because its people, the
It is normal for students to encounter two difculties when 5 Nabateans, constructed it from the lands stones in the
2nd century BCE. Centuries after the Nabatean civilisation
practising the Past Simple: disappeared, archaeologists rediscovered the city in the
1800s. Recently, Petra gained its place as one of the top
Identifying which verbs add -ed to make the past tense locations in the world. It will attract thousands of visitors
10 who will come to explore this unique site in the future.
Using the auxiliary did to make the negative and the
3 Use the Reading Strategies to answer these questions.
interrogative a. How did the city of Petra get its name?
Do not expect students to master these two difculties from b. In which century did archaeologists rediscover Petra?
c. When was Petra chosen to be one of the new Seven Wonders?
the very beginning. d. Why do you think people from all over the world voted for Petra?
4 Find these words in the article in exercise 2 and underline the

Materials sentence in which they are used. Guess their meanings with a
partner.
Dictionaries
Glossary Activity Book pages 7374 44
Cassette
Gi students
Give t d t time
ti t read
to d the
th article.
ti l Ask
A k them
th t
to
How to go about the material: underline any words they do not know.
Exercises 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8 of the Grammar section can be
When they have read the article once, they work in
set as homework.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activities. pairs to guess the meanings of words they do not
know from the context. Ask students to volunteer
to share words and their meanings with the whole
class.
Before you start Check understanding of the text by asking simple
Ask the questions and have a general discussion questions, e.g. What place is this article about?
on the basis of what you discussed in the previous Where is it located? What did it look like in the
class. Have some students read their notes to the past? Note that BCE refers to Before the Common
whole class. Era, also known as BC.
Tell students that Machu Picchu is a historical
site in Peru. The settlement was established by Page 44, Exercise 3
the Incas around 1450 CE and included temples, When you are satised that students have got the
homes and farmland which can still be seen today. gist of the text, ask them to continue to work in
Answers pairs to do this exercise.
Petra in Jordan; the Taj Mahal in India; Machu Picchu in Then check answers with the whole class.
Peru; the Great Wall of China
Explain to students the relationship between years
and centuries: the rst century went from the
Page 44, Exercise 1 years 0 to 99, the second from 100 to 199, and so
Read the Reading Strategies to the whole class. Ask on. The number of the century is therefore always
volunteers to explain them. Meanwhile, write the one higher than the years being described. So the
steps for preparing to read on the board so that the nineteenth century refers to the eighteen hundreds.
students refer to them while doing the reading task
Answers
in the following exercise.
a. It got its name because the Nabateans constructed it
Page 44, Exercise 2 from the lands stones; Petra means rock in Greek.
b. Petra was rediscovered in the 19th century.
Have students look at the picture and read the title c. It was chosen to be one of the new Seven Wonders in
of the article individually. Discuss what it is about July 2007.
as a whole class. d. Students own answers
62
Module 4
Page 44, Exercise 4 Then have students copy the table into their
notebooks and ask them to work individually
completing it. Remind students that the innitive
form of the verb always begins with to.
To check understanding of the meanings of the
Students work individually underlining the verbs, ask individual students to think of new
sentences which include the key words in the box. sentences including one of these verbs
They then work in pairs, checking their answers and (eg. I received a letter from my sister).
trying to guess the meanings of the key words from To make sure students know how to form the Past
the sentences in which they are used. Simple of regular verbs, do some simple actions in
After the pair work, students share their answers front of the class, such as opening the book, closing
with the whole class. the door, etc. and ask students What did I do?
Elicit such answers as You opened the book. You
closed the door. Make sure you choose actions
In this exercise students will identify the relationship that require the use of regular verbs only.
between words and phrases that describe them. Ask
students to compare their answers in pairs. Go around
and make sure they have done the exercise correctly. Answers
Verb in the Past Simple Innitive form of the verb
voted to vote
5 Continue to work in pairs. Write two
received to receive
sentences using was and two sentences
The Past Simple (afrmative) using were.
constructed to construct
1 In pairs, nd the six verbs in the Past 6 Rewrite the following sentences using the
correct form of the verbs in bold.
Simple in the text on page 44. Then ll in
the table. disappeared to disappear
1. Archaeologists who explore Jordan
Verb in the Infinitive form of discover that it is a rich historical
Past Simple the verb location. rediscovered to rediscover
voted to vote In the last century, archaeologists who
explored Jordan discovered that
2 Listen to the -ed endings of these 2. Many people live in this area.
gained to gain
verbs. Then in pairs, put them in the during ancient times.
3. Citizens work hard on building their
cities using materials which are
available around them.
Page 45, Exercise 2
In the past,
4. The markets attract people from Pronunciation rules:

/d/ /t/ /id/ various locations.
explored worked interested Many years ago,
The past of regular verbs ending in voiced sounds
3 Listen again and repeat.
(/b/, /g/, /v/, /l/, /m/, /n/, //, /dz/, /t/, all
4 In pairs, nd the two forms of verb to be.
vowels) is pronounced /d/.
The Hanging Gardens of Babylon
were one of the Seven Wonders of the
ancient world. Was Petra one of them too? The past of regular verbs ending in voiceless
No, it became a wonder of the modern
world in 2007. sounds (/p/,/k/, /s/, /z/, //, //) is pronounced
/t/.
The past of regular verbs ending in /t/ and /d/ is
pronounced /id/.
Read the three examples (/eksplOd/, /wkt/,

/IntrestId/). Explain to students that there are some
pronunciation rules for the -ed ending of regular
45 verbs, but without going into too many details. It
is important to point out the difference between
writing and pronunciation, as in the exercises in the
Grammar
G Activity Book they will practise different spellings.
The Past Simple (to be) Divide the class in pairs. Each pair will say the
Page 45, Exercise 1 verbs to each other and will put them in the
Ask students to look back at the text about Petra
on page 44. As a class, nd the six verbs in the Play the cassette twice. If necessary, read the words
text that are in the Past Simple. Write these on the yourself, stopping after each word.
board for slower students. Draw the table on the board and ask students to
tell you which verbs should go in which column.
Clarify any doubts.
63
Module 4
Audioscript Answers
1. In the last century, archaeologists who explored
explored, worked, used, interested, lived, disappeared, Jordan discovered that it was a rich historical
liked, received, voted location.
2. Many people lived in this area during ancient times.
3. In the past, citizens worked hard on building their
Answers cities using materials which were available around
/d/ explored, used, lived, disappeared, received them.
/t/ worked, liked 4. Many years ago, the markets attracted people from
/id/ interested, voted various locations.
Page 45, Exercise 3 Students Book page 46
Play the cassette and have students repeat, rst The Past Simple (negative and interrogative)
chorally and then individually. Make sure they 7 Complete these sentences about the passage on page 44 with
Did/did not/didnt.
pronounce /d/, /t/ and /id/ correctly. Past Simple negative
Petra (1) _________ lose its ancient glory.
The Pyramids of Giza are the only ancient wonder that (2) _________ disappear.
Page 45, Exercise 4 Past Simple interrogative
(3) people vote for Petra as a wonder of the

Yes, they did.
world?
Read the short text to the students, or ask a Yes/No questions
(4) archaeologists build the Pyramids?
No, they didnt.
volunteer to read it to the class. Ask students to Why (5) Petra get the Greek name rock?
Wh- questions
work in pairs to identify the two forms of the verb When (6) archaeologists discover Petra?
to be in the text. If they are unable to, go over the 8 Complete this passage with the verbs from the list. Then, listen and
check your answers.
irregular forms of the verb in the Past Simple with
the students. Then ask for volunteers to say their
answers to the class.
Answers
were; Was
Am
Over to you . . .
9 In pairs, ask and answer questions about ancient wonders of the world.
Page 45, Exercise 5 Example
This exercise ensures students are able to recognise What is your favourite wonder of the world? Why?
and use the verb to be in the Past Simple tense.

Remind students that the verb to be is very
common and it is very important that they learn it.
Ask students to remain in their pairs and ask them
to write their sentences. They can use vocabulary
46
from the module or make up completely new
sentences. The Past Simple (negative and interrogative)
Answers
Page 46, Exercise 7
Write a few sentences on the board showing
students how to form the negative and the
Page 45, Exercise 6 interrogative of the Past Simple, e.g.:
Explain the task to the students. Point out that the I walked to school.
verbs in bold should be put into the correct form. I didnt walk to school.
Make sure the students know that in each instance, She studied with her friend.
either the beginning or the end of the answer is Did she study with her friend?
given as a clue for them to use the correct form of Ask students to give you similar sentences. Ask
the verb. them to deduce the rule of forming the negative
Students do the exercise individually. Then, ask and the interrogative of the Past Simple.
them to compare their answers in pairs. To check Students complete the exercise individually, then
the answers with the whole class, ask three check their answers in pairs.
volunteers to write their answers on the board.
The rest of the students compare the answers and Refer students to the Grammar Notes on page 87
provide feedback. of the Students Book. Read the notes with them
and explain that they can always refer to these
notes to revise at home.
64
Module 4
Ask students to write out the sentences in their Over to you ...
notebooks and to ll in the gaps. If they have
difculty point to the grammar rules you have just Page 46, Exercise 9
discussed and which are written on the board.
Read the example question to the class. Students
Answers work in pairs asking and answering their questions.
1. did not/didnt; 2. did not/didnt; 3. Did; 4. Did; Tell them to write down their partners answers.
5. did; 6. did Walk around the class monitoring the activity and
making notes of students mistakes. Remember not
Page 46, Exercise 8 to interrupt their exchanges.
Have different pairs of students read their questions
Ask students to work individually to complete the
and answers to the class. Answers might include
text.
the three pictured wonders of the world: the Great
Tell them to compare their answers in pairs before Wall of China, the Taj Mahal and Machu Picchu.
checking them with the whole class.
Comment on the mistakes you heard while the
Ask individual students to read their answers. Write activity was taking place. Do not say who made the
their answers on the board. mistake, just ask students to correct the mistakes
Play the cassette and have students listen to the and explain why the sentences were wrong.
text and check their answers.
Answers
Write the answers on the board next to the
students answers while the cassette is playing, as a Students own answers
reference for less condent students.
Have a show of hands to see how many students Refer to Activity Book pages 3640.
got the correct answers. Comment on the mistakes Before giving students time to start doing the
and refer students to the Grammar Notes on page exercises, briey revise the general rules of using the
87 of the Students Book or tell them to revise afrmative, interrogative and negative forms of the
them at home. Past Simple. To check their understanding, ask them to
give you an example of each. Remind them that they
should pay attention to the pronunciation of the verbs
Audioscript in the Past Simple in order to list them in the correct
column.
The ancient wonders of the world were some of the most
beautiful places ever built. Many of them didnt last to
the present day. Thats why people recently started to Optional Activities
search for new wonders that we can still visit now. They
Have students close their books. Write on the
decided to choose the best monuments and locations of
board:
the modern world. Many people voted online for their
favourite place. The city of Petra in Jordan was one of wonder archaeologist
the places people chose. civilisation vote
Ask students what they can remember about each
one of these words. Elicit sentences about their
Answers meanings, purpose and use.
1. were; 2. didnt last; 3. started; 4. decided; 5. voted; Ask students if any one of them has visited Petra.
6. was If so, ask for volunteers to tell the class something
about their experience.
65
Module 4
h i s t o r i c a l p la c e s
Lessons 4 andA5m a z i n g Answers
1. Karak Jordan; 2. Jerash Jordan; 3. Temple of
Skills focus Hercules Amman, Jordan
Amazing historical places Page 47, Exercise 1

To determine the meanings of words in context related to
Play the cassette and pause after each sentence for
places
To read an article about the wonders of the ancient world students to guess the meanings of the key words.
To listen to a tourist guide in a historical location in Jordan If they didnt guess some of the words, move on to
To talk about ancient cities and how they are now the next sentence and tell students that they will
To practise vocabulary related to archaeological ndings check the meanings in the next exercise.
To practise the Past Simple tense (afrmative, negative
and interrogative) Audioscript
Materials
1 Travellers like to visit new and different places.
2 Historians learn about locations of the ancient world.
Dictionaries
Glossary Activity Book pages 7374 3 The markets were very busy with buyers and sellers.
Cassette 4 People started to write about their journeys.
Activity Book: Module 4 pages 4142 5 And here we are, in one of Jordans famous historical
How to go about the material: locations.
Exercises 5, 6 and 7 can be set as homework. 6 The cities opened their doors to all visitors.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activities. 7 Jordan was a centre for travellers from all around the
world.
Page 47, Exercise 2
Before you start
Play the cassette again and ask students to try to
Ask students to guess what the monuments are. extract from the sentences the meanings of the
Ask them if they have visited these places or other key words that they didnt guess previously. Then,
similar ones. What did they see? Have a discussion ask them to work in groups checking their answers
about the reasons such places are considered to be in the Activity Book glossary or in a dictionary.
wonders. You can refer to the Teachers Book introduction
1 effectively.
3
Find the words
Have some students read the denitions aloud and

nd the corresponding key words to match them.
Answers
historians; journey; famous
2
Reading
es
a z i n g h is t o ri ca l pl ac Page 48, Exercise 3
Am Have students read the title of the article. Discuss
1 Listen to the words below in context. Try to guess their what students think the article might be about as a
Before you start
meanings.
whole class.
Look at the
pictures and
guess where
Give students time to read the article. Ask them to
these places are. 2 Listen again and check your guesses in the Activity Book
underline any words they do not know.
When they have read the article once, have a
Find the words
round of students asking the meanings of words
they do not know. Write them on the board. Try to
make them guess the meanings of the words from
47 context. Eventually, allow students to look them up
in the dictionary or tell them the meanings.
66
Module 4
Check that students understand the article by If you have time, ask volunteers to share their
asking simple questions, e.g. What was Jordan like discussions with the whole class.
in the past? What was the list made for? What do you think?
Read the quotation to the class and ask them to
READING 3 Read the article. explain what it means. Help them to explain the
quotation if they could not make correct guesses.
w or ld
T he w on de rs of th e an ci en t
VOCABULARY 6 Underline the correct word to complete the sentences.

A long time ago, people liked to visit journeys across the land. They made
new and different places. Jordan was a list to describe the best places in the 1. The people of ancient Jordan liked/lived in very busy cities.
an important place with a rich history. world to visit. Anyone who wanted 2. Jordan was a centre/civilisation for travellers because it had
It was a centre for travellers from all to see new and beautiful locations a rich history.
around the world. Many people visited around the world visited the areas 3. Many people made journeys/ights across the land.
it and the markets were very busy mentioned in the list. This is how the
4. In Jordan, travellers experienced the beauty of the most wonderful
with buyers and sellers. People started list of the Seven Wonders of the world monuments/pyramids in the world.
to write about what they saw in their was created.
5. Historians visited/learnt about the best locations through
the list that ancient people wrote.
7 Tom Jiff is a tourist guide. He is showing tourists the ancient cities of

Jordan. Read this paragraph. Then in pairs, ll in the blanks with the
correct form of these verbs.
4 Read the article again and answer these questions.

What do you think? a. Why was Jordan an important place in ancient times?
Ancient locations in the Middle East
There are no seven
b. Why did many people in the past travel around the land?
wonders of the world in
the eyes of a child. There c. How was the list of the Seven Wonders of the world created?
And here we are in one of Jordans most (1)
are seven million. historical (2) where people lived a long time ago.
WALT STREIGHTIFF d. In your opinion, why is it important to study ancient places?
(3) discovered these old buildings and houses.
5 Work in a group. Choose seven locations from around the world To build them, people used the rocks of the land. The cities opened
you would like to visit. Discuss with your friends the reason for
your choice.
their doors to any (4) who wanted to come in.
They were a (5) for all people to meet.
48
8 Now listen to him and check your answers. In a group, discuss your
guesses.
SPEAKING 9 Imagine you are a traveller in the past. In a group, discuss: what you
Page 48, Exercise 4 see, where it is, and how important it is to history. Draw a picture of
what you see, and tell the class about it.
Read the rubric and give students some time to

read the article and answer the questions. Remind 49
them that they have to provide a reason from the

text for their answers.
Vocabulary
their notebooks. In the meantime, walk around the Page 49, Exercise 6
class monitoring the activity.
Have students read the rubric and complete the
Have students check their answers in pairs before
exercise individually.
checking them with the whole class.
Ask different students to read their answers. Write
Answers them on the board. Have a round of students
a. Jordan was an important place because it was a centre saying what their mistakes were. Clarify any doubts.
for travellers from around the world.
b. People travelled around the land to visit new cities Answers
and market places. 1. lived; 2. centre; 3. journeys; 4. monuments; 5. learnt
c. The list was created when travellers put together a list
of places people must visit because of their beauty.
d. Students own answers
Page 48, Exercise 5

Put the students in groups, if possible in groups of
seven. Each student chooses a place from around
the world he or she would like to visit and adds
it to the list of his or her group. They then discuss
with their group the reason for choosing that
particular place.
67
Module 4
Page 49, Exercise 7
SPEAKING ASSESSMENT
Students read the paragraph individually and ll CHECKLIST
in the blanks in pairs. While they are working, Yes No Comments
walk around the class monitoring the activity and Was the
clarifying any doubts. speaking
activity
Eventually, you may ask individual students to read
interesting?
their answers and write them on the board to see
Was I able
how accurate their guesses were. to share my
ideas with the
Page 49, Exercise 8 group?
Ask students to check their answers against the Was I able to

discuss other
tape. peoples ideas
Play the cassette twice. If you have already written in the group?
the students answers on the board, write the Did I present
correct answers next to them. Have a show of my ideas
hands to see how many got the correct answers. clearly to the
class?
Discuss the mistakes with the whole class.
Poor Okay Good Excellent
Audioscript (1) (2) (3) (4)
Ancient locations in the Middle East How
And here we are in one of Jordans famous historical successful was
the activity?
locations where people lived a long time ago.
Archaeologists discovered these old buildings and
houses. To build them, people used the rocks of the land. Refer to Activity Book pages 4142.
The cities opened their doors to any visitor who wanted Divide the class into groups and explain the tasks
to come in. They were a centre point for all people to they need to complete. Ask students if they have any
meet. questions. When you are sure that they know how to
work on the exercises, give them enough time to nish
working. Then, choose a student from each group to
Answers give you the answers of his/her group. Ask the other
groups to correct any mistakes.
1. famous; 2. locations; 3. Archaeologists; 4. visitor;
5. centre
Optional Activities
Speaking Ask students to decide the place (besides their

own) they would like to travel to and to give
reasons for their choice (the monument, the
Page 49, Exercise 9
people, the traditions, etc.)
Read the rubric with the whole class. Divide In groups, students make their own lists of the
students into groups and ask them to carry out the Seven Wonders. Then they share and discuss their
activity. lists with the whole class.
Give students time to discuss. Have each group
make a presentation of their observations and
pictures clan as an opening activity for the
following class.
Answers
When students are done, ask them to assess

their contribution to the speaking activity in the
following table individually. Tell them that their
assessment would be very useful for other people
in their group to share opinions and learn from
each other.
68
Module 4
Lesson 6 Before you start
Ask your students to discuss the answers in groups
Communication Workshop and write down their guesses.
Discuss students guesses with the whole class.
Writing a report on the Answers
wonders of the world It is the Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt. Egyptians used
pyramids as tombs to bury their kings.
The outcomes of this lesson are: Speaking and Writing

To do some simple research
To write notes (Refer to Teachers Book page 14 for Page 50, Exercise 1
instructions on how to write notes)
To write a report
Ask students to read the report.
To practise punctuation and capital letters Divide the class into groups and ask the members
To practise joining sentences with when, before and after to discuss the locations on their lists. Give them
Teaching tips time for discussion. While they are working,
walk around the class monitoring the activity and
Students are likely to be unfamiliar with doing research
and writing reports. Go over the questions carefully with
guiding the discussion.
them and give them all the help they need. You may
Answers
direct them to a library to research the place.
Materials
Dictionaries
Page 50, Exercise 2
Glossary Activity Book pages 7374 Ask each group to choose a location to write
about. Make sure each group chooses a different
How to go about the material: one.
Exercises 2 and 3 can be set as homework. Read the rubric and the questions. If you have
If you have time, do the Optional Activity. time, go with students to the school library or
bring books to the classroom so they can nd the
Students Book page 50 necessary information to answer the questions in
the exercise.
Walk around the class monitoring the activity,
e wo nd ers listening to the exchanges in the different groups
r i t i n g a r e p o rt on th
W of the wor ld and writing down the mistakes you hear. Do

not interrupt them while they are talking. Once
Before you start the activity is over, use your notes for further
Look at the
monument in the discussion.
picture. What is it?
What do you think
it was used for? Answers
. It was built thousands Students own answers
Giza is a great wonder
The Great Pyramid of a ver y larg e mo nument. It was
amid was
of years ago. The pyr de of roc ks fro m the land. The
. It was ma
the shape of a triangle Tombs were places where ancient kings and
b.
pyramid was a big tom ids had underground rooms.
am
queens were buried. Pyr
its kings and queens.
had rooms for each of
The Pyramid of Giza
usands of years.
g made by man, for tho
It was the tallest buildin
very good condition.
nd today and it is in a
The pyramid is still fou
SPEAKING AND 1 Read the report above. Then use the list of the seven locations you
WRITING chose in exercise 5, page 48, and discuss in a group which location
deserves to be a wonder.
2 Choose one location and read about it. Write down its main
characteristics. Here are some questions to consider:
1. What is the name of your wonder? Where is it?
2. What does your wonder look like?
a. How old is it?
b. What was it used for?
c. Is it still in the same condition that it used to be in the past?
3. Draw a picture of your location.
4. What makes your location so wonderful?
3 Write a report about your wonder of the world. Follow the outline
in exercise 2 and use the report as an example.
50
69
Module 4
Page 50, Exercise 3
Ask students to write their report. Have all Ask students to take a quick look at the exercises.
students in the group take part in discussing, Make sure they understand all the tasks, and give them
writing, editing and illustrating the report. If some time to do the exercises either individually or in
necessary, help them to allocate particular roles pairs. While correcting the exercises, take notes of the
students common mistakes and explain them before
and tasks to one another. Remind them that they
moving on.
should check spelling, the use of tenses, capital
letters, full stops and commas. Optional Activity
Tell students to hand in their reports. The day If you have asked students to present their report,
before doing the project give students their ask them to rewrite it, adding two things about
corrected reports so that they can prepare their their location that are not true. Then ask them
class presentations. to hand in their reports. Give them to different
Read your notes on the mistakes students made groups. Ask each group to read the reports and nd
during the discussion and presentation of the the things that are not true. Have different students
activity. Do not say who made them, simply say the tell the class what they think the false information
wrong sentence and ask students to correct it. If in their reports was. The group that wrote the
students are unable to do so, point to the mistake report has to say whether the students were right
yourself and explain why it is wrong and how to or wrong. If they didnt guess correctly, the group
correct it. must give the correct information.
Answers
When students have written their reports, ask them

to assess their own work in the following table.
They should only respond to the nal question if
they have already presented their report orally to
the rest of the class. If this is the case, ask them
to compare their spoken work with the previous
speaking activity in order to check whether they
have progressed in giving class presentations.
Discuss the results with the whole class.
WRITING ASSESSMENT
CHECKLIST
Yes No Comments
Was the topic

interesting?
Was I able to
nd relevant
information
for my report?
Was I able to
cover each
of the points
outlined in
exercise 2?
Did I present
my ideas
clearly?
Was my
report written
accurately?
70
Module 4
Read the task aloud and clarify any doubts. Ask
Language Development students to work individually.
Give them time to do the exercise. While they are
activity.
To practise the Past Simple of to be and of regular verbs
(afrmative, negative and interrogative)
Page 51, Exercise 2
Explain that students will listen to the cassette to
Teaching tips
correct their sentences.
Students are likely to forget the forms of the 3rd person
singular in the afrmative and the negative, or the Play the cassette. While the cassette is playing,
use of the auxiliary do/does for the negative and the write the correct form of the verb on the board
interrogative. so that slower students will have a guide to check
Some students may have difculty distinguishing the /s/ their answers. Give students time to correct their
and /z/ endings in the 3rd person singular. exercises.
Materials Have a show of hands to see what the mistakes
Students Book pages 5152 were. Explain why the sentences were wrong.
Cassette
Activity Book: Module 4 pages 4445 Audioscript
How to go about the material: The wonders of the ancient world were places where
Exercises 3, 4 and 5 can be set as homework. people lived. Were there many wonderful locations in
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activities. the past? Yes, there was a large number of historical
places that were unique. Some of these wonders didnt
change at all over the years, but some disappeared after
many years.
Answers
form of these verbs.
3 Use these words to ask questions in the
Past Simple about the previous passage.
1. lived; 2. Were; 3. was; 4. didnt change;
1. people / live in wonderful places? 5. disappeared
2. historical places / be unique?
3. locations / change over the years?
4. all wonders / disappear? Page 51, Exercise 3
4 Now answer the questions in pairs.
5 Match the following words to their
denitions.
Read the task aloud and clarify any doubts.
Words
a. historical
Denitions
1. It is something from
Ask students to work individually writing down the
the past.
questions. Then have them compare their questions
b. pyramid 2. It is a location below
the ground. in pairs.
c. underground 3. It means something
very special.
d. to disappear 4. It means to be lost.
Ask individual students to read their questions and
e. unique 5. It is a triangle-shaped
building.
write them on the board.
Ma^phg]^klh_ma^Zg\b^gmphke]
Answers
p^k^ieZ\^lpa^k^i^hie^
!*" '!+"
1. Did people live in wonderful places?
ma^k^fZgrphg]^k_neeh\Zmbhglbgma^ 2. Were historical places unique?
iZlm8
R^l%ma^k^!," ZeZk`^ 3. Did the locations change over the years?
gnf[^kh_ablmhkb\ZeieZ\^lmaZmp^k^
ngbjn^'Lhf^h_ma^l^phg]^kl 4. Did all the wonders disappear?
!-" ZmZeeho^kma^
r^Zkl%[nmlhf^!."
Z_m^kfZgrr^Zkl'
2 Now listen to the passage and check

your answers.
51
71
Module 4
Page 51, Exercise 4 Page 52, Crossword puzzle
Ask students to answer the questions on the Start this activity with a review of vocabulary words
passage in pairs. While they are working, walk that students have encountered in the module.
around the class monitoring the activity. Ask them to work individually and tell them that
Check answers as a class by having students read there is a time limit for solving the puzzle.
their answers aloud. When time is up, provide the students with the
answers. Have a show of hands to see who got the
Answers correct answers.
1. Yes, they did.
2. Yes, there were. Answers
3. Some locations changed, but others remained the Across Down
same. 1. tomb 5. wonder
4. Some of them did. 2. visit 6. ancient
3. archaeologist 7. traveller
Vocabulary 4. journey
Page 51, Exercise 5
?
Go over the rst column with the students,
refreshing their memory of the key words in Read the question aloud and set it as a task for the
the module. Give them some time to do the following class.
matching activity in pairs. They then make their
own sentences individually and read them to their
partner to check if the words were used correctly Answers
in context. Students own answers
Correct the matching activity with the whole class,
then ask volunteers to say their sentences to the Refer to Activity Book pages 4445.
class. The rest of the students provide feedback
Ask students to work individually and do the exercises
and correct the mistakes if there were any.
based on what they have learnt in this module. Tell
them to ask you about things they are not sure of.
Answers Then, ask them to tell you what they found easy and
a. 1; b. 5; c. 2; d. 4; e. 3 difcult in Module 4. If they are not condent using
any of the structures they learnt, take notes of the
difculties they have encountered and clarify them.
Crossword Puzzle Optional Activities

T1
7
after students have completed the test. Then, there
a) mark the tests;
2
V
b) ask students to exchange their tests and mark

3 6
one anothers mistakes. Then go over the test
A A
Have a general revision of the Past Simple by
asking students to work individually and write the
5
W activities they did during the weekend. Divide the
4
J
class into groups, collect the papers of each group,
shufe them and give them out to the members of
the same group. Each member of the group reads
aloud the paper he/she has received and the whole
group has to guess who wrote it.
Across
1. A _______________ is the place where people are buried.
2. I would like to _______________ all the wonders of the world, one day.
3. An _______________ studies old places and monuments.
4. A _______________ is a long trip from one place to another.
Down
5. The Great Pyramid of Giza is considered a _______________ of the world.
6. Petra is an _______________ city that was built many years ago.
7. A ____________ is a person who goes to different countries and places.
?
The wonders of the world were normal
places ancient people lived in.
What places are similar to the Seven
Wonders of the world?
52
72
Module 4
Lesson 8 Make sure each group has all the elements
they need. Each group reads the corresponding
instructions and works accordingly. Monitor the
Project 4 activity to make sure they are doing it correctly.
You may also decide to give this part of the project
Make a wonder diorama as homework.
Once the diorama has been made, ask different
groups to present their wonder of the world
report to the class and show their diorama. Their
To practise the modules vocabulary in a project
presentation should include pieces of information
To follow instructions to make a diorama
To answer questions about the diorama
about the wonder of the world they chose.
To practise the language in a cooperative and Have the dioramas as class exhibits. Finally,
non-stressful atmosphere students may ask students from other classes to
Materials see the projects and can present their dioramas
to them. You may reward the groups who have
designed the best dioramas and who have
The wonder of the world report students wrote
A large cardboard box, coloured paper, crayons, marker presented their project well.
pens, a glue stick and scissors for each group of students When students are done, ask them to assess their
How to go about the material: project work in the following table as a group. Tell
them that their assessment would be very useful for
Make sure all groups have the necessary materials. Just
the other groups to share opinions and learn from
in case, bring a couple of extra boxes and colour paper to
the class.
each other.
You may decide that students do the Project as homework
PROJECT WORK ASSESSMENT
and give oral presentations in class.
CHECKLIST
Students Book page 53 Yes No Comments
Was the
project work
interesting?
Before you start
Find a large box, coloured paper, crayons or marker pens, a glue
Were you
stick and scissors. You will need to use your wonder report. able to share
information
Your task is ... with the
r
To make a diorama of you group?
favourite won der and tell
it.
your classmates about Were you able
to cooperate
A Your rst assignment with the
The box is the land for your wonder to group?
be built on.
. Draw and colour your favourite
location with all its details.
ign ment Did you
. You may also add people and other B Your second ass
. Cut out the drawing of the wonde r present your
smaller objects.
. Leave a small stand under the the thi ngs aro und it with their ideas clearly to
and
pictures you draw. stands. the class?
. Glue the drawings to soft cardboard. . Put them in a box.
. Decorate the inside of the box with . Paste the stands in place.
crayons. . Use tape and thread to hang anyyou thing How successful
Remember: the wonder is ancient, so sky above r
the people and places are old.
that comes fro m the was your
wonder. project?
C Your third assignment Wonder COMMENTS

Present your wonder
report to the
class, telling them abo
ut it. Why did you
choose it? What spec
ial characteristics
made it a wonder of
the world? artist
**diorama:
di a small
ll tthree-dimensional
h di i l model
d l
53
73
Module 4
LE
DU
MO
Elementary, my dear Watson!

To predict the meanings of new vocabulary items LE
DU
MO
To talk about the greatest detectives throughout history using
the Past Simple tense
To practise the comparative and the superlative degrees to
talk about qualities of great detectives
d e a r Watson!
To listen to a story to act it out
n t a r y, my
To read about famous detectives e
To write a detective story Elem
Lesson 1
The outcome of this lesson is:
To read a conversation
Outcomes
To talk about detectives
Materials
ings of new
Students Book pages 5455 predict the mean
Dictionaries vocabulary items
atest detectives
talk about the gre using the Past
Glossary Activity Book pages 7476 thr ou gh ou t his tor y
Cassette Simple tense
parative and the
practise the com
tiv e de gre es to talk about
superla
How to go about the material: s of gre at detectives
qualitie
to act it out
Exercise 2 can be set as homework. listen to a story
ou t fam ou s detectives
read ab
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. write a detectiv e sto ry
o did it?
Project: Wh
Students Book pages 5455 5
54
54
Teaching tips
Ask students to read the title of the module, to B f
Before t t
you start
look at the pictures and to tell you what they Read through the questions with students. Initiate
think the module is about. Ask Who said this? a discussion about who the two men in the picture
Who is Watson? are and what they are doing. Make sure students
Read through the outcomes of the module with know that the two men are ctional characters in
students. a series of books by the Scottish author Sir Arthur
Ask students whether they know the names of Conan Doyle.
different detectives who feature in either lms
or novels. Encourage students to share with the
class what they know about these detectives. Suggested answers
Make a list of their names on the board. They are Sherlock Holmes and Dr Watson. They
Ask students if they know anything about them: are examining an object, analysing it and drawing
when and where they lived, what they did, what conclusions.
their methods of investigation were, etc.
Ask them if they have ever tried to solve a Page 55, Exercise 1
mystery when reading a novel or watching a
lm. Did they guess correctly? What method did Give students time to read the passage. Ask them
they use? to try to nd the answer to the question: Why
Explain to students that they are going to write a do you think Sherlock Holmes and Dr Watson are
detective story as a project. such famous characters? Tell them that the answer
is implied in the text and that they might have
different answers.
74
this is a good point to stop.
1 Page 55, Exercise 3

1
Read the following conversation. Why do you think Sherlock Holmes and
Dr Watson are such famous characters?
Sherlock Holmes sat at the

breakfast table and gave me
Because this stick is very
scratched. A city doctor does not
Read the instructions. Whether you do the whole
atson! of the introductory lesson on one day or in two
a walking stick. There was carry such an old stick.
something written on it: To Mr Holmes took the stick from my
5 James Mortimer, from his friends
1884.
20 hands and looked at it.
Interesting! I think the man is a
different lessons, ask some quick questions about
Well, Watson, what can you tell
me about the owner of the stick?
country doctor, but he is not old.
Hes a young, pleasant and the passage.
asked Holmes. absent-minded doctor.
10 I think that Mr Mortimer is an
old country doctor. His patients
25 How did you know that?
Elementary, my dear Watson. Divide the class into groups. Tell students to
like him, so they gave him this
walking stick.
Only pleasant people get presents,
and only absent-minded men discuss what they think Sherlock Holmes method
Good! said Holmes. Why do forget their sticks.
15 you think hes a country doctor? is. Give them time to discuss. Make sure the whole
group participates in the discussion.
Before you start Ask the different groups to exchange objects and
Look at the picture.
Who are these two
identify the owners using the same method as
men? What do you Holmes. Remind students that they will have to
think they are doing?
explain how they arrived at their conclusions. Walk
Sherlock Holmes and Dr Watson
around the class monitoring the activity.
2 Go to the Glossary pages in the 3 How did Sherlock Holmes nd out

Activity Book pages 7476 or use who the owner of the stick was? In Answers
a classroom dictionary and look up a group, use the same method to
the meaning of the words you dont identify the owner of an object. 1. He observed the details:
know.
4 Do you want to be a detective? - the scratches on the stick
What makes a good detective?
In a group, make a list of the
- the writing on it
characteristics of a good detective.
Use the words from exercise 2 to
- the fact that it was lost
guide you. 2. He explained the details:
55
55
- The owner must live in the countryside because the
stick is very scratched.
- He must be friendly for people to offer him presents.
After they have answered the question, ask - He must be absent-minded because he forgot his
students to read the passage again and then check walking stick.
understanding of the dialogue by asking simple 3. He reached a conclusion: The owner is a young,
questions, e.g. Who are the men in the story? Who pleasant and absent-minded country doctor.
was Mr Mortimer? Was he old or young? Who gave
him his walking stick? Page 55, Exercise 4
Suggested answers Ask students to look again at the words in the
Sherlock Holmes and Dr Watson are famous because
box in exercise 2 and revise their meanings before
they were the main characters who solved mysteries in
setting out the task. Ask them for other words that
Sir Arthur Conan Doyles very popular books.
they could use to describe a good detective and
write them on the board.
Read the rubric with the whole class and arrange
Page 55, Exercise 2 the different groups.
Give groups time to make their own list. Walk
around the class monitoring the activity.
Ask different groups to read their lists and discuss
their choices. Try to reach a common list for the
whole class.
Suggested answers
patience, intelligence, a logical mind, a good sense of
Ask students to nd the key words in the text observation ...
and underline them. Students try to guess their
meanings in groups. For the words that are not Optional Activity
found in the passage, students discuss their
Ask each group of students to choose a detective
meanings in their group. Tell them to check their
and write a short description of him/her: Where
answers in the glossary or a dictionary. You can
does he/she live? What cases did he/she work on?
refer to the Teachers Book introduction page 14
What methods did he/she use to solve the cases?
to help the students use the dictionary effectively.
If you decide to devote two classes to this lesson,
75
Module 5
Lessons 2 and 3 e s t d e t e c ti v e of al l tim e
The b
The best detective of all
1 Read and answer.
1
2 3
Before you start
time Look at the

three outlines.
Who are they?
Do you know these characters?
They are famous, professional
detectives: Sherlock Holmes,
Miss Jane Marple and Hercule
Which of the key
words help you Poirot. People all over the world
read stories of their adventures or
The outcomes of these lessons are: recognise them?
watch them on DVDs. These three
detectives were very different.
To talk about the qualities of famous ctional detectives
To read three short extracts about detectives Sherlo
ck
To practise the Past Simple of irregular verbs (afrmative, than Po Holmes is mo
ir re famo
In fact ot and Miss us
negative and interrogative) detect
, hes
the mo
Marple
.
ive of st famo
To practise the comparative and the superlative degrees of of his
method
al l time
. The
us
observ was ob basis
adjectives After
ation
and ob
servat
ion,
oirot observ servat
ule P ing an ion.
To listen to a dialogue about detectives d
Herc ereste
made lo object
ss int
gical , he
s le conclu
w a th an sions.
ta il s He
in de k Holmes.
Teaching tips c
Sherlo re interest
ed
o
was m ing the
It is normal for students to encounter two main difculties in stu
dy
suspe
cts.
of the he
when practising the Past Simple of irregular verbs: mind h t that t famous
o u g
He th ls to solve arple is less, but more ok
Identifying the forms of irregular past tenses. Explain that t o o Miss JaHnolemMes or Poirot. Sh n t lo
best
e wer
e the than ant than them l. She edid ved in
the only way is to learn them by heart. a crim rey cells
le g
in
sat
pleasa detective at al e coulintr y and
li t t S o, he like all village in th ce of life in
Remembering to use the auxiliary did for the negative and a in . ht.
the br and thoug a sm sed her experienimes. She was
the interrogative. quiet
ly she u illage to solve cr ause she was
her v than Holmes becct, she was
Do not expect students to master these two difculties from wiser than him. In fae.
older dest of the thre
the very beginning. the ol
In relation to adjectives in the comparative and superlative
degrees, the main difculties are: a. How did Sherlock Holmes solve crimes?
b. According to Poirot, what are the best tools to solve a crime?
Discriminating between the comparative (comparison c. Why was Miss Marple unusual?
between two) and the superlative (comparison between d. Which of the qualities listed in exercise 1 on page 55 describes the
three or more). 56 three detectives the best?
Identifying adjectives that form the comparative and the

superlative by adding -er/-est and which require more or
the most.
Practising irregular comparatives and superlatives. Page 56, Exercise 1
Materials You may decide to do this activity with students
Students Book pages 5658 working either individually or in pairs. Have
Dictionaries
students read the article quickly and, as a whole
Cassette class, discuss what it is about.
Ask students to underline any words they do not
How to go about the material: know.
Exercises 2, 4, 5, 8 and 9 of the Grammar section can be
set as homework. When they have read the article once, have a
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. round of students asking the meanings of words
they do not know. Write them on the board. Try to
Students Book page 56 make them guess the meanings from the context.
Then have the students look them up in the
Before you start dictionary or tell them the meanings.
Ask the questions and have a general discussion Check understanding of the text by asking simple
about who these characters are and what objects
questions, e.g. Whos the most famous detective
are typically associated with them.
in the world? What was his method? What was
Revise the words in the orange box with students Hercule Poirots method? Where did Miss Marple
and make sure they know what they mean. Draw live? What was her method?
three columns on the board. Write Sherlock Holmes,
Miss Marple, Hercule Poirot in each column and ask When you are satised that students have got the
students to put the words in the correct column. gist of the text, have them answer the questions
Note that some words in the box dont belong in individually. While students work, walk around the
any of the columns. classroom monitoring the activity.
Students check their answers, rst in pairs then
Answers with the whole class.
1. Sherlock Holmes: a magnifying glass Write a few suggested answers on the board. Have
2. Miss Jane Marple: knitting needles and glasses a show of hands to see how many students got the
3. Hercule Poirot: a moustache, a bow tie and a walking answers correctly. Finally, help students with any
stick difculties they might have.
76
Module 5
Answers To make the activity more challenging, ask students
to work in groups, extracting from the texts on
a. Sherlock Holmes used observation and logical thought pages 55 and 56 as many verbs in the Past Simple
to solve crimes. tense as they can. You can reward the groups who
b. Poirot thought the best tools to solve a crime were the found verbs the most.
little grey cells: the brain.
c. Miss Marple was unusual because she didnt look like
Answers
a detective.
d. Holmes: famous, logical sat, took, thought, gave, made
Poirot: intelligent
Miss Marple: pleasant, wise Page 57, Exercise 2
Ask students to work in pairs, and tell them to read
Refer to Activity Book page 46, exercise 1 the dialogue and ll in the gaps with the correct
Ask students to match the words from the reading verb. Once they have nished, ask volunteers to
passage with their meanings. Walk around and read out their completed sentences.
check their answers. Dont forget to point out their If you have time, you can check understanding by
mistakes. asking students to write the innitive form of each
verb in their notebooks (to be to think to be
Students Book page 57 to become to write).
e Page 57, Exercise 3

The Comparative
The Past Simple (irregular verbs)

4 Compare the two books in the photos.
Use the adjectives in the list to write
Play the cassette twice and ask students to check
1 In pairs, nd the Past Simple forms of sentences. their answers.
these irregular verbs in the texts on pages
55 and 56.
If students struggle to hear the answers, you can
write them on the board, and pause the cassette
2 Now in pairs, complete this dialogue with
the verbs from the list. Two words are
after each sentence.
used more than once.
Have a show of hands to see how many students
encyclopaedia story
got the correct answers. Explain any problems.
Example
The character Sherlock Holmes
(1) a professional The encyclopaedia is bigger than the
When the activity is nished, play a game with
detective. He (2)
(3)
fame
not important. Watson
book.
the students, choosing different irregular verbs for
(4) his stories for people
to know Holmes role in them. Holmes
5 Complete this dialogue with the correct individual students to guess their form in the Past
j
form of the adjectives in brackets.
tools (5) science, logic Simple. You can refer to the Irregular Verbs list in
and observation of small details. s on
His techniques, such as examining Raed: I saw one of Poirots storie the Activity Book pages 7879 to choose the verbs.
TV yesterday!
ngerprints, later (6) a I only
Fatima: Poirot? I dont like him.
reality in police investigations. Next
time you are in London, visit his
love Miss Marple.
Raed: Miss Marple! That boring
old Audioscript
famous apartment at 221b Baker lady!
case,
Street. Fatima: Shes not boring. In any The character Sherlock Holmes was a professional
It (7) a museum in 1951. shes (1) (boring) than Poirot.
(intelligent)
Raed: Shes (2)
than Sherlock Holmes. Holmes and
detective. He thought fame was not important.
(logical) and
3 Now listen to the passage and check
your answers.
Poirot are (3)
(4) (professional) than Miss
Watson wrote his stories for people to know Holmes
Marple. role in them. Holmes tools were science, logic and
Fatima: Maybe, but shes (5)
(wise) than them.
(old) and (6) observation of small details. His techniques, such as
Raed: In any case, I like detective
stories. They are (7)
s.
examining ngerprints, later became a reality in police
(interesting) than romantic novel
investigations. Next time you are in London, visit his
6 Now listen to the dialogue and check
your answers. famous apartment at 221b Baker Street. It became a
57
museum in 1951.
Answers
Grammar
1. was; 2. thought; 3. was; 4. wrote; 5. were; 6. became;
The Past Simple (irregular verbs) 7. became
Page 57, Exercise 1
The Comparative
Read the rubric to the whole class and put students
into pairs to nd the Past Simple forms of these Page 57, Exercise 4
verbs.
Ask students to look at the pictures of the two
Ask individual students to read their answers. Write
them on the board for the whole class to check. books and read the example. Tell them that they
Have a show of hands to see how many got the are going to compare the two books using the
correct answers. words in the box. Ask them to do the activity in
pairs. Then, check the answers with the whole
class. 77
Module 5
When the activity is nished, ask two students Students Book page 58
to come to the front of the class. Make sure they
differ in some of their features, such as one being
7 Complete the text by the new detective
taller than the other, darker, having longer hair, etc. Sameer. Use the comparative form of the
The Superlative
adjectives from the list. 8 Complete this table with the superlative
Ask students to compare the two and make sure form of the adjectives.
they use the correct form of the comparative. Adjective

old
Comparative
older
Superlative
1 the oldest
pleasant more pleasant 2 the most
Answers Hello! Im Sameer. I nally passed the
pleasant
hot hotter 3
test and became a real detective, but Joe
The encyclopaedia is bigger than the story. didnt. It wasnt so easy; in fact, it was famous more famous 4
good better 5
The story is smaller than the encyclopaedia. (1) _________ than we expected. I was
(2) _________ than Joe and didnt give bad worse 6
The encyclopaedia is thicker than the story. up thinking about the solutions of the
9 Read each situation and decide which of
different problems. The head detective the two sentences a) or b) is correct.
The story is more famous than the encyclopaedia. said that I was (3) _________ than Joe
1. Sherlock Holmes is a very well-known
since all the solutions I suggested made
The encyclopaedia is older than the story. perfect sense. Although Joe is
character.
a) He is the more famous detective of all
The story is more colourful than the encyclopaedia. (4) _________ than I am, he couldnt
solve all the problems. I think he was a
time.
b) He is the most famous detective of all
bit scared of failing; I was (5) _________ time.
than him and didnt care about the test
Page 57, Exercise 5 results.
2. Poirot was an arrogant man.
a) He thought he was the better
detective in the world.
Ask two condent students to stand up and read b) He thought he was the best detective
in the world.
the dialogue. When they reach the blanks, ask

The
3. Holmes and Poirot are younger than Miss
Marple.
different students to suggest the correct form of a) Miss Marple is the most old detective.
b) Miss Marple is the oldest detective.
the adjective. Write the answers on the board. 4. Everyone loved Miss Marple.
a) She became the most popular
Ask students to complete the dialogue in their detective in history.
b) She became the more popular
notebooks. If you have time, put students in detective in history.
pairs and ask them to read the dialogue. As they Now write a situation like the above ones
about Holmes, Poirot or Miss Marple. Ask
read, walk around the class checking for correct your partner to guess the correct answer.
pronunciation. Over to you . . .

10 In pairs, discuss the qualities of each
detective. Who do you prefer?
Page 57, Exercise 6 58
Play the cassette and have students listen to the

dialogue and check their answers against it.
Page 58, Exercise 7
Write the answers on the board next to the
students answers as the cassette is playing, as a Tell students to read the text quickly.
reference for less condent students. Ask them to tell you the rst missing word. Then
Explain any mistakes and refer students to the give them time to do the exercise.
Grammar Notes on page 87 of the Students Book When they have nished, check their answers.
or tell them to revise them at home. Write the correct answers on the board.
Audioscript
Answers
Raed: I saw one of Poirots stories on TV yesterday!
1. harder; 2. more patient; 3. more logical;
Fatima: Poirot? I dont like him. I only love Miss Marple.
4. more intelligent; 5. more courageous
Raed: Miss Marple! That boring old lady!
Fatima: Shes not boring. In any case, shes less boring
than Poirot.
Raed: Shes less intelligent than Sherlock Holmes.
Holmes and Poirot are more logical and more
professional than Miss Marple.
Fatima: Maybe, but shes older and wiser than them.
Raed: In any case, I like detective stories. They are
more interesting than romantic novels.
Answers
1. less boring; 2. less intelligent; 3. more logical;
4. more professional; 5. older; 6. wiser;
7. more interesting
78
Module 5
The Superlative Draw the following table on the board and ask
students to copy it in their notebooks. Tell one pair
Page 58, Exercise 8 of students to ll it in on the board to assess their
collaborative work, while the others complete it in
Have students complete the table individually. their notebooks in pairs.
While they are working, walk around the classroom
monitoring the activity. SPEAKING PAIR WORK ASSESSMENT
Ask the class to close their books and stand up. CHECKLIST
Say one of the adjectives from the table or from Yes No Comments
earlier in the module to a student and ask them
Did we explain
to put it into the comparative or superlative form. the qualities of
If they get the answer correct they can sit down. the detectives
Continue until all the students have sat down. clearly?
Answers Were we able
to express our
1. the oldest; 2. the most pleasant; 3. the hottest;
preferences
4. the most famous; 5. the best; 6. the worst
for any of the
detectives?
Page 58, Exercise 9 Did we speak
Ask students to go through the exercise quickly in condently?
order to get a general idea of what it is about. Give Did we
them some time to do the activity individually. communicate
Then in pairs, they check their answers and correct clearly with each
each other. other?
When the activity is nished, ask three students Did we ask for
to stand in front of the class. Make sure they clarication?
differ in some of their features. Ask the rest of the
students to compare the three of them, saying such Refer to Activity Book pages 4649.
sentences as Omar is taller than Sami. Omar is the Put the students in groups and ask them to discuss
tallest. the use of the comparative and the superlative.
Encourage them to give you an example of each.
Answers
Offer some further explanation if the concept is
1. a; 2. b; 3. b; 4. a not clear to them. Also ask them to tell you the
past tense of a few irregular verbs that are not
Over to you ... used in the exercises.
Students then do the exercises individually or in
Page 58, Exercise 10 pairs.
Students work in pairs discussing the three Optional Activity
detectives and their characteristics, and choosing
their favourite. Walk around the class monitoring Have students close their books. Write on the
the activity and taking down notes of students board:
mistakes. Remember not to interrupt their Sherlock Holmes Hercule Poirot Miss Marple
exchanges.
Have different pairs of students say their choices one of them. Elicit sentences about their qualities,
to the class. their detecting habits, etc.
Comment on the mistakes you heard while the
activity was taking place. Do not say who made the
mistake, just ask students to correct the mistakes
and explain why the sentences were wrong.
Answers
Answers should include:
Holmes: famous, logical
Poirot: more interested in studying the mind of suspects
Miss Marple: pleasant, wise
79
Module 5
Ask students to guess who the people in the
Skills focus picture are and what might be in the bag. Ask what
they think the story will be about.
The lost bag a g

Answers
l o s t b
The
The two men are a merchant and a Sheikh. They are
at the Sheikhs house. There are some jewels and a
The outcomes of these lessons are: thousand dinars in the bag.
To determine the meanings of words in context
To read a mystery story
To practise the vocabulary related to detecting
Page 59, Exercise 1
To listen to a police story to develop vocabulary
To practise the Past Simple tense (afrmative, negative
and interrogative)
Play the cassette for students to listen to the key
Materials words used in context. Ask them to write the
Students Book pages 5961 meanings they have guessed in their notebooks.
Dictionaries They then work in pairs checking their answers and
Glossary Activity Book pages 7476 correcting each others mistakes.
Cassette
Activity Book: Module 5 pages 5051 Audioscript
How to go about the material: 1 Servants travelled behind the rich man.
Exercises 4 and 5 can be set as homework. 2 The merchants business was buying and selling goods.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. 3 He discovered the loss of his money when he reached
home.
Students Book page 59 4 They wandered for a long time on the roads.
5 The Sheikh pulled an old, black bag from a box.
Page 59, Exercise 2

Play the cassette again and ask students to work
in groups, double-checking the meanings of the
key words. They then check their answers in the
Activity Book glossary or in a dictionary. You can
refer to the Teachers Book introduction page 14
to help the students use the dictionary effectively.
Write the answers of each group on the board and
discuss the results with the whole class.
Find the words
Have some students match the denitions with the
words in the box.
st bag
The lo If you have time, put the students in groups
and ask them to write in their notebooks the
1 Listen to the words below in context. Try to guess their
Before you start

meanings. denitions of the key words that are not referred
Look at the
picture. Who are
to in this activity, using the Activity Book glossary
these people?
Where are they?
2 Listen again and check your guesses in the Activity Book or a dictionary. Then one member of each group
What is there in
the bag?
writes the denitions on the board. Compare the
misunderstandings.
Find the words
59 Answers
servant; to wander; merchant
80
Module 5
Students Book page 60 Students Book page 61
READING 4 Read the story on page 60 and answer these questions.

LISTENING 3 Listen to this story which an old man is telling to his
a. How did the merchant become poor?
grandchildren. Then act it out with three of your classmates.
b. How did the Sheikh know that the merchant was the real owner
of the bag?
The Lost Bag

c. Why didnt the Sheikh spend the money he found?
d. What would you do with the money you gained back from the
Sheikh if you were the merchant?
A long time ago, there lived a rich merchant. He was always dressed nicely and he 5 In pairs, ll in the blanks with the verbs from the list.
carried many fine jewels with him. He travelled from one city to another. A band
of camels and servants often travelled behind him in a long line. His business
was buying and selling goods. He was very good and kind to poor people.
5 Once, the merchant was travelling with a lot of money. As he was on his way
back home, his money bag fell to the ground. But he did not notice it. He only
discovered the loss of his money when he reached home.
The merchant did not worry about the lost bag. He still had enough money for
himself and for helping others. Then, there came a time when business was not
10 so good. He became an old man with very little money. The poor merchant sold
everything he had and, soon, he did not have any money at all. Very often, he
and his wife had nothing to eat. And then, one cold night ...
Wife: We have no more food. Let us walk to the next village where no one knows
us. Someone will help poor people like us.
15 And so they walked in the cold night air. They wandered for a long time until
they reached the first house in the next village. The wife was too tired to walk
any more. She fell down on the steps and began to cry. The Sheikh who lived in
the house heard her and opened the door.
Sheikh: Who are you? What are you doing here at this time of night?
20 The merchant and his wife told him their sad story. The Sheikh asked them to
come in.
Sheikh: What colour was your bag? What do you think? 6 Now, listen and check your answers. In a group, discuss
your answers.
Merchant: It was a round, black bag with a string around it. Inside were some When you eliminate
jewels and a thousand dinars. the impossible,
whatever remains is Speaking Strategies: Interacting in discussions
25 Sheikh: It is late and you must be very tired. Eat some hot food and rest with us the truth.
Dont be the only one speaking. Listen to what the other
for the night. Tomorrow you will feel better. SHERLOCK HOLMES person says.
The next morning, they all sat around the table for breakfast. The Sheikh pulled When you want to say something, wait for the other person
an old, black bag from a box. to pause.
Invite the other person to speak, asking his/her opinions
Sheikh: Now, I have a story to tell you. A long time ago, I found this bag on the (e.g. What do you think about ... ?)
30 road near my house. I hid it away safely. I knew that some day I could return it to
its real owner. Now I am sure you are the person. Is this the bag you lost? SPEAKING 7 In a group, discuss the merchants story, following the
Merchant: Yes, is it! Its the bag that I lost. I cannot tell you how thankful I am ... Speaking Strategies above. What do you think about the
I will always remember how kind you were to me. Sheikhs actions? What would you do if you found a bag full
of money? How would you try to nd the owner? Take down
notes.
61
60
Listening Page 61, Exercise 4
Page 60, Exercise 3 Read the rubric and give students time to read and
answer the questions. Remind them that they have
Have students look at the picture on page 59 and to provide a reason from the text for their answers.
read the title of the story individually. Discuss what
it is about as a whole class.
their notebooks. Refer to page 14 of the Teachers
Students listen to the story twice. Then, put the Book for instructions on using notebooks.
students in groups of four, each student roleplaying
Get students to work in pairs to compare their
a character from the story. Ask them to underline
answers.
any words they do not know.
Check answers with the whole class. Ask different
When they have read the story once, have a round
students to share their ideas about the last
of students asking the meanings of words they do
question.
not know. Write them on the board. Invite other
students to tell the class the meanings of some Answers
of the words. Ask them to guess the meaning of
a. The merchant became poor because business was bad
others from the context. Finally, allow students
and he had to sell everything he owned.
to look them up in the dictionary or tell them the
b. The merchant described the bag correctly (it was a
meanings.
round, black bag with a string around it with jewels
Check understanding of the story by asking simple and a thousand dinars inside).
questions, e.g. Why didnt the merchant come back c. The Sheikh knew that some day he could return the
for the lost bag? What did the Sheikh show them? bag to its real owner.
Audioscript
(Audioscript of the story Students Book page 60)
81
Module 5
Page 61, Exercise 5 Ask students to assess their group work in the
following table. Then discuss the results with the
Ask students to read the story in pairs and to try to whole class to see how they have done in general.
understand the story before lling in the gaps. Ask Ask them if they have noticed any progress in
a few pairs what they think the story is about and group work in this semester.
discuss it with the whole class.
GROUP PERFORMANCE RATING SCALE
Then, ask students to complete the exercise with
1 = Major Difculty 2 = Good 3 = Excellent
their partner. While they are working, walk around
the class monitoring the activity and clarifying any 1. All members participated in the 1 2 3
doubts. group activities.
You may ask individual students to read their 2. Members listened to others in 1 2 3
answers and write them on the board. the group.
3. Members helped and 1 2 3
Page 61, Exercise 6 encouraged others in the group.
Explain that students should listen to the cassette 4. Group members practised the 1 2 3
to check their answers against it. cooperative skills.
Play the cassette twice. If you had already written 5. Trust developed among group 1 2 3
the students answers on the board, write the members.
correct answers next to them. Have a show of Add all circled numbers for Total Score ___________
hands to see how many got the correct answers. (out of 20)
Discuss mistakes with the whole class.
What we really liked about our group:
Audioscript
Someone robbed a bank in the city. A very famous
detective came from another country and made a plan We can do better by:
to solve the mystery. When he arrived at the bank,
he investigated the way the thief broke in through a
glass window. He followed the guard and saw that his What do you think?
footprints were always next to the broken glass. So, this
is how he knew that the guard was the thief.
Read the quotation to the class and ask them to
explain what it means. Tell students that it refers
to the way Sherlock Holmes solves mysteries.
Answers In Arthur Conan Doyles stories, the character
1. robbed; 2. came; 3. made; 4. arrived; 5. investigated; Sherlock Holmes (a detective) would consider every
6. followed; 7. saw; 8. knew possibility about how or why something happened.
By working out what wasnt possible, Holmes was
Speaking able to work out what was and, in this way, to
uncover the truth.
Page 61, Exercise 7 Discuss whether they agree or disagree with the
quotation.
Read the Speaking Strategies with the whole class.
Tell students that these are useful tips for them to Refer to Activity Book pages 5051.
follow in order to have an effective discussion.
Tell students that they are going to form and
Divide students into groups and ask them to carry answer questions in these exercises. Also, tell
out the activity. Give students time to discuss. You them that they are going to write a paragraph
may want to give this activity as homework and using the notes in the Activity Book and solve a
have each group make a presentation as an puzzle.
opening activity in the following class. Ask them to work in pairs. When they are
nished, ask each pair how they helped each
Answers other to answer the questions.
Answers should include:
Optional Activity
deciding what to do in a problematic situation, and
giving reasons for the decision. Hold a vote as to which is the students favourite
detective.
82
Module 5
Communication Workshop
Writing a detective story
To discuss the solution to a case Ask students to look up the meanings of the words.
To write a short detective story You may decide to do this activity with students
To practise establishing a sequence in a story working either individually or in pairs. Ask a few
To read a story
students to explain the meanings of the words to
Teaching tips make sure they understood.
Students are likely to be unfamiliar with writing stories. Ask students to read the story in groups of three:
Go over the questions carefully with them and give them the rst would be the narrator, the second would
all the help they need. be Mr Hayek and the third would be the police
Materials ofcer.
Students Book page 62 Speaking and Writing
Dictionaries
Glossary Activity Book pages 7476 Page 62, Exercise 1
Students do the exercise in groups. Give them time
to answer the questions and nd the solution to
Exercise 3 can be set as homework. the problem.
You may ask them to think of alternative solutions
Students Book page 62 to the problem.
Suggested answer
Mr Hayek thought that Mr Ibrahim, his new neighbour,
was sending Omar and Waleed to kidnap him.
y
a d e te ct iv e st or
Wr i t i n g Mr Hayek heard Mr Ibrahim discussing the plan for
three consecutive days while he was on his way to his
at. It appears that Mr Ibrahim and Sawsan Yousef are
Before you start
Check the
the scriptwriters of a TV show. They were writing a new
meaning of these
words. Then read
script. Omar and Waleed are actors.
the story.
Page 62, Exercise 2

Divide the class into groups and ask students to
are actors. do the exercise. Tell them that the answers to the
show. Omar and Wale
scriptwriters of a TV
Sawsan Yousef are the
ed
last two questions might vary from one group to
Answer: Mr Ibrahim
and another, especially the last one which expects
students to use their imagination and
SPEAKING AND
WRITING
1 In a group, discuss the story and nd the solution to the case.
Consider the following questions: Why was Mr Hayek worried?
critical-thinking skills to answer it.
What did the policeman know about the suspects?
2 In a group, solve this case answering the following questions. Ask each group to provide their answer. Then, as a
a. What happened? d. How did it happen?
b. Where did it happen? e. Why did he/she do it? class, discuss whether it is the correct one.
c. Who did it?
One night, a panda disappeared from its cage in the zoo. In the morning,
the zookeepers found the door of the circular cage was open. Nobody knew
where the panda was. Only three men had keys to the zoo. A detective
Answers
arrived and interviewed the three men.
Where were you the night the panda was stolen? a. A panda went missing
I was having dinner at home with my family, said the zoo owner.
I was cleaning the corners of the cages, said the zoo cleaner.
I was feeding the lions, said the manager.
b. In a zoo
Who lied? How did the detective know? c. The zoo cleaner
3 In a group, write your own story and illustrate it. Then tell it to
the class. Dont give them the answer. Let them think and then tell d. The zoo cleaner stole the panda when the owner was
you! Use the story above as an example.
62 at home and the manager was busy feeding the lions
e. Students own answers
83
Module 5
Page 62, Exercise 3 After students have completed the checklist, ask
each group to give an oral presentation of their
Ask each group to write their own detective story. story without saying the solution.
If you dont have time, you may set this task as
homework. Have a general discussion to nd the solution of all
the cases presented by the different groups.
If students do the writing task in class, walk around
the class monitoring the activity. Listen to the Finally, read your notes on the mistakes students
exchanges in the different groups and write down made during the discussion and presentation of
the mistakes you hear. Do not interrupt them while the activity. Do not say who made them, simply
they are talking. Once the activity is over, use these say the wrong sentence and ask students to correct
notes for further discussion. it. If students do not nd the mistake, point to it
yourself and explain why it is wrong and how to
Make sure all students in the group take part correct it.
in discussing, writing, editing and illustrating
the story. Remind them that they should check Answers
spelling, the use of tenses, capital letters, full stops Answers should include:
and commas. Tell them to write the solution on a what happened, where, how, who did it and why.
different sheet of paper.
Before students present their story to the class, it
might be worth interrupting the activity and asking
students to ll in the following table with their Before they start doing the exercises, remind
group. Tell them that they can revise their piece of students that they have previously learnt how to
writing if they are not sure about one of the items use comparative and superlative adjectives as well
of the assessment checklist. as the correct punctuation in dates.
Give students some time to read through the
STORY-WRITING RATING SCALE exercises and make sure they dont have any
Bad Fair Very good questions. Tell them that they can work either in
(1) (2) (3) pairs or individually.
Purpose and organisation Optional Activity
We organised the Give students a detective puzzle to solve. Read the
events of our story story and write the coded message on the board.
with a beginning, Ask students to copy the gures and try to solve
middle and an
the code.
end.
A detective who was a few days from cracking an
We put the events international smuggling ring has suddenly gone
in a sensible order. missing. While inspecting his last-known location,
We linked the you nd a note:
events by using 710 57735 34 5508 51 7718
such expressions as Currently there are three suspects: Bill, Khalil, and
one day, suddenly Tareq. Can you break the detectives code and nd
and then. the criminals name?
We added interest
Answers
to the story by
presenting an Bill is the criminal. If you read the message upside down,
unexpected youll notice that the numbers resemble letters and that
solution to the those letters form legible sentences. The message is Bill
mystery. is boss. He sells oil.
Grammar
We used
punctuation
correctly.
We spelled all the
words correctly.
We wrote
well-structured,
full sentences.
84
Module 5
Ask students to work individually.
Language Development Give them time to do the exercise. While they are
The outcomes of this lesson are: activity.
To practise the comparative and the superlative degrees of
adjectives Page 63, Exercise 2
To practise the Past Simple tense of irregular verbs
(afrmative, negative and interrogative) Explain that students will listen to the cassette to
To practise the modules vocabulary correct their sentences.
Play the cassette. While the cassette is playing,
Teaching tips
write the correct form of the adjective on the
Students are likely to forget the Past Simple forms of board for the less condent students to check their
irregular verbs in the afrmative and the use of the answers against. Give students time to correct the
auxiliary did for the negative and the interrogative. exercise.
Some students may have difculty counting the syllables
of adjectives to decide whether the comparative or the Have a show of hands to see what the mistakes
superlative are formed by adding -er/-est or more/most. were. Explain why the sentences were wrong.
Materials Audioscript
Sam Spade and Philip Marlowe are the most famous
Cassette
American detectives. Spade is less wise and less
intelligent than Marlowe. Marlowe is more popular than
How to go about the material: Spade. Hes also a better man than Sam Spade. Marlowe
Exercises 4, 5 and 6 can be set as homework. enjoys chess and poetry, and he is kinder than Spade.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activities.
Answers
1. the most famous; 2. less wise; 3. less intelligent;
4. more popular; 5. better; 6. kinder
5 Now answer them.
6 Use these words to write sentences. Page 63, Exercise 3
1. detective / looked like / . / Holmes / a /
comparative or superlative form of the
adjectives in brackets.
/ , / Miss Marple / didnt / but
2. Poirot / . / than / Holmes / kinder / Miss
Give students time to write down their sentences.
Marple / is / and Then have them compare their sentences. Write
3. observed / before / . / an / conclusions /
Holmes / object / making the correct Past Simple forms of the verbs on the
4. smart / . / was / Poirot board and ask students to count how many correct
5. Holmes / know / . / people / Many /
Sherlock sentences each of them has made.
7 Match the following words with the
denitions above. Ask some individual students to read their
a. logical
b. professional
sentences. Correct all grammar mistakes.
c. pleasant
d. famous Answers
e. intelligent
2 Now listen and check your answers.
3 In pairs, take turns to use the following

verbs in sentences about things you did
yesterday. The winner is the one who
Page 63, Exercise 4
makes the most correct sentences.
Ask students to read the rubric and explain the task
to them.
Example I forgot to turn off my
computer yesterday.
Give students time to work individually writing the
4 Use these words to ask questions about
questions.
the different detective stories throughout
this module. Check the questions as a class by having a few
1. What (Dr Mortimer / receive)?
2. Where (Miss Marple / live)?
students write them on the board in order to
3. What (Hercule Poirot use to solve a compare the different answers.
crime)?
4. What (Marlowe / enjoy)?
Answers
63 1. What did Dr Mortimer receive?
2. Where did Miss Marple live?
3. What did Hercule Poirot use to solve a crime?
4. What did Marlowe enjoy?
85
Module 5
Page 63, Exercise 5
Give students time to write down their answers. Crossword Puzzle
Then have students compare them in pairs. Read the clues and write the words in the puzzle.
Ask some individual students to read their answers 8

P
1
O
to check with the whole class.
2
F
Answers 3
C
1. He received a walking stick.
2. She lived in a small village in the country. 9
F
3. He used his little grey cells method. 4
S
4. He enjoyed chess and poetry.
5
I
Page 63, Exercise 6

Ask students to read the rubric. Explain that the 6
S
words are out of order and that they have to put

them in the correct sequence. When they have
done so, they will nd the denition of a word they 7
A
have learnt in this module.

Across
Give students time to do the task individually. 1. A person who has something for himself is
an _________.
Down
8. Someone who is good at his or her job is
2. Someone who is known by many people is a _________.
Have students check their sentences in pairs before _________ person.
3. A _________ is a bad action that is punished
9. The mark that stays on the objects you
touch and that the police use to nd a
asking individual students to read their sentences by law.
4. The end of a difcult situation or problem is
criminal is a _________.
to the class. a _________.

5. Someone who is clever is _________. ?
6. People think he committed a crime. He is a According to The New York Times,
_________.
Answers 7. An exciting experience is an _________.
Sherlock Holmes is the third most read
book on the planet. In how many
1. Holmes looked like a detective, but Miss Marple didnt. 64

languages can we read his stories?
2. Miss Marple is kinder than Holmes and Poirot.

3. Holmes observed an object before making
conclusions.
4. Poirot was smart.
?
5. Many people know Sherlock Holmes. Read the question aloud and set it as a task for the
following class. Tell students that they will have to
Page 63, Exercise 7 research the answer for the following class.
Have students work in pairs nding the words that

correspond to the sentences in exercise 6. Answers
His stories have been translated into more than 60
Answers languages; among them are French, German, Spanish,
a. 3; b. 1; c. 2; d. 5; e. 4 Russian, Chinese and Arabic.
Crossword puzzle Refer to Activity Book pages 5455.

Set a time limit and ask the students to start solving Tell students that they have reached the end of
the crossword puzzle. You may reward the ones Module 5 and that they need to do the exercises
who nish before or on time. based on what they have learnt. Make sure they
After they have nished, they work in groups understand what they need to do and then tell
checking their answers and doing the necessary them to ll in the last box. Ask them to rate
corrections. the difculty of each lesson of Module 5 and
encourage them to answer using the comparative
and the superlative.
Answers
Optional Activities
Across Down
1. owner
8. professional
2. famous
after students have completed the test. Then, there
9. ngerprint are two courses of action:
3. crime
4. solution a) mark the tests;
5. intelligent b) ask students to exchange their tests and mark
6. suspect one anothers copies.
7. adventure Have a quick competition. Divide the class into
two groups. You will give each group an innitive
and they will have to write the corresponding Past
Simple form on the board.
86
Module 5
Lesson 8
Divide the class into groups of ve one member
for each question. It is best if groups can sit in
small circles. Make sure each student has a sheet of
Project 5 paper.
Tell students they will be writing a story as a group,
Who did it? but they should not consult one another to write
it. The story will be about what happened to one
of Lady Violets treasures (jewellery, silver, rare
The outcomes of this lesson are: book or royal sweets). Explain that you will ask the
rst question and they will write their answer on
To practise the Past Simple of regular and irregular verbs
(afrmative, negative and interrogative)
the sheet of paper. Then, they will fold the sheet
To practise the modules vocabulary in story writing to cover it just one fold and pass it on to their
To practise the language in a cooperative and friend on the right. The student who received the
non-stressful atmosphere folded sheet should not read the previous answer.
Materials Ask the other questions repeating the procedure
each time. The questions to be asked are:
A sheet of paper for each student a) What happened?
b) Where did it happen?
How to go about the material: c) Who did it?
Make sure all students have a sheet of paper. d) How did he/she do it?
You may decide that students do the Project as homework e) Why did he/she do it?
Once the questions have been answered, ask all
students to unfold their sheet and read the story
Students Book page 65 to the group and then to the class. The results are
bound to be incoherent but very amusing.
Before you start
Take a sheet of paper and You may ask each group to rewrite the stories,
listen carefully to your
teachers instructions.
giving them coherent plots in order to make a real
detective story. You may reward the groups who
Your task is ...
Y Your rst
A You rst ass
assignm
ignment
ent have the most logical and coherent plots.
ed
To nd out what happen Writ
Wri ite
te the
te the ans
answswe
wer
wer
ers to thestthe
hese
he se que
se vve
estio
que
qu es
stio
s
nst on
ti ons
ns: sthe
s::W
Wha hat
to Lady Violets treasures. h
hap
shee
a pppen
teof
need?
d? W
pap Whe
erhyou
erre
e rddid
ifrie
d iittnds
h
hap
appass
p
pen
en?on H
How
oto
w you
d
didid .iittFold If you have time, you may ask students to assess
hap
h
the
a pppen
en?tW
shee Who
tohhide
oddid
idyou
iit?
t? rW
Why hy wer
ans did
d id h
he/s
e/ sh
and heed
pass doo itiit?
t?
the
th
youe rshee
she
sh ono on
n
to
frie
eets
ee
etsndof
oon
f pa
What happened? Whe
pap
the
per
peer
e rrigh
you
yo urr ffri
t. frie
r en
riend
nds
ds
s pas
pass
p ass
as s on to to yo
youou their story writing in the same checklist they have
re did it happen?
Who did it? How did
Why did he/she do it?
he/she do it? used in Lesson 6, exercise 3. This way, they can
compare both checklists to see how much progress
Lounge
they have made in story writing.
Kitchen
Hall
Dining Room
Library
Example:
A rare book was use
B Your second assignment d to make
a re. The butler
Unfold your sheet and use the did it in the
library because he
answers on it to write a detective was cold ...
story. Then read it to the class. 65
87
Module 5
LE
DU
MO
Im having fun!
LE
MO
To talk about holidays and travel
To listen to a report by an expert on tourism
To read a dialogue and notes about travel
To practise the Present Continuous tense to talk about an
ideal holiday
To write a newspaper article
To make a tourist brochure
Lesson 1 hav i n g f u n!
Im
To listen to an expert talking about tourism
Outcomes
new
To talk about holidays predict the meanings of
vocabulary items
travel
talk about holidays and
Materials listen to a report by an
expert on
Students Book pages 6667 tourism

es about
read a dialogue and not
Dictionaries travel
tinuous
Glossary Activity Book pages 7677 practise the Present Con l
idea
tense to talk about an
Cassette holiday
cle
write a newspaper arti
tou rist brochure
How to go about the material: Project: Mak e a
6
66
Teaching tips Before you start

Ask students to read the title of the module, to Read through the questions with students.
look at the pictures and to tell you what they Encourage a discussion about holidays. It is
think the module is about. Ask Do you know possible that some of your students do not go
where these people are? on holiday. If that is the case, ask them about
Read through the outcomes of the module with short trips they may have made to visit their
students. grandparents or other relatives who live in other
places, or outings they may have made with their
Ask students where they go for their holidays. family or the school. Make sure that all students
Encourage students to tell the class about the have something to say adapt the questions
places they visit relatives, homes in other
accordingly to suit your students circumstances.
cities, the seaside, the mountains, etc.
Ask them if they and their family read the Page 67, Exercise 1
newspapers at home. Ask what sort of articles Play the cassette and give students time to write
they like to read. Tell them that in this lesson down notes answering the questions. An easy way
they will write a newspaper article. to take notes would be drawing a two-column
Explain to students that they will also write a table with the headings Adventure tourism and
tourist brochure as a project. Explain what it is. Ecotourism and lling it in with the suitable
Ask them if they read about the places they will information.
visit when they decide to go on holiday. Play the cassette again for students to check or
complete their answers. Have a general round of
students answering the questions using their notes.
Tell students to keep these notes.
88
Audioscript
There are two kinds of tourism which are the most
popular at present: adventure tourism and ecotourism.
Sometimes it is difcult to nd the difference between
them.
Adventure tourism or an adventure holiday is going to
far or exotic places to learn about other cultures, do
a physical activity and/or be in contact with nature.
Adventure tourism may include dangerous activities
i n g f u n!
such as mountain climbing, mountain biking and rock Before you start
hav
climbing. Look at the pictures of people on
Im
Ecotourism means having responsible holidays. holiday. Do you know where they
are? Where do you usually go
Travelling by air is the most polluting part of the trip. for your holidays? What do you
So, ecotourists travel responsibly: usually do on holiday? Where
They minimise air travel: they stay longer in a did you go on holiday last year? context. Try to guess their meanings.
Where did you stay? What was
destination instead of making many short trips. the weather like?
When possible, they choose trains, buses and
passenger boats for transportation instead of
aeroplanes and cars. 1 Follow the instructions below.
Listen to the expert on tourism

Answers 3 Listen again and check your
talking about adventure guesses in the Activity Book glossary
Adventure tourism is going to remote or exotic places. tourism and ecotourism. What pages 7677 or in the classroom
dictionary.
Ecotourism means having a holiday for the purpose of is the difference between
taking care of the environment. them? What does a responsible

4 In a group, use your notes to discuss
Responsible tourists choose trains, buses and passenger tourist do? Write down notes different types of holidays. Can
you go on an adventure or on an
as you listen.
boats for transportation instead of aeroplanes and cars; ecological holiday in your country?
Make a list of the places you can
they stay longer at a destination instead of making many visit and of the activities you can do
short trips. there.
67
Page 67, Exercise 2

You can refer
f to the Teachers Book introduction
effectively.
Then, ask students to work in groups, each
individual choosing two of these words and using
them in one sentence.
Page 67, Exercise 4

Play the cassette for students to listen to the words Read the instructions. Refer to the notes students
in context. They try to guess their meanings with a took in the previous exercise.
partner. Then, ask the pairs to share their answers Divide the class into groups. Tell students to carry
with the whole class and write down the ones they out the task using their notes and discussing them.
havent guessed.
Have different groups read their lists and say what
Audioscript activities they can do in those places.
1 Tourism is when you visit new places. Suggested answers
2 An adventure holiday means going to far away
Types of holidays: Activities:
places and doing fun activities.
3 Ecotourism means having responsible holidays. religious holiday hiking
4 This is the best beach holiday ever! exotic beach holiday swimming
5 Lets build a sandcastle! safari holiday sunbathing
6 Im lying under a tree.

7 Where are you phoning from? Remember!
8 Its actually raining here! Remind students to bring their notes for exercises 1 and
9 I am relaxing on the beach.
10 Im resting because we are cycling up a mountain.
Optional Activity
11 The suns shining.
12 He is sunbathing on the beach. Ask students to choose a different type of holiday.
Each group will discuss what activities they can do
Page 67, Exercise 3 at the different places: the seaside, the mountains,
the city, the countryside, etc.
Play the cassette again to give the students another
chance to guess the meanings of the rest of the
words. After that, they can check their answers in
pairs in the Activity Book glossary or in a dictionary. 89
Module 6
Lessons 2 and 3
Adventure holidays are
Before you start
Take the list
you made in
brilliant! the last lesson.

Imagine you are
on an adventure
holiday in one of
those places. Tell
the class about
it.
ill ian t!
h o li d a y s ar e br
e n t u r e
To read a dialogue about an adventure holiday Ad v
To act out a dialogue 1 Read the following dialogue
between Hassan and Omar. Where
To talk about an ideal holiday using the Present is Hassan? How is each member of
his family spending the holiday?
Continuous tense Hassan: Hi, Omar! How
s life? the rest of your family?
Omar: Hassan? I thou What are
ght you were
they doing? Are they enjo
Teaching tips on holiday. Where are
you phoning holiday?
ying the
from?
It is normal for students to stumble on two difculties when Hassan: Im having a
Hassan: Well Dad
isnt really
25 having fun. He broke
wonderful adventure his leg when
practising the Present Continuous: we got here. Right now
holiday in New Zealand , he is
. Its
The concept of immediacy (describing an action at the fantastic!
sunbathing on the bea
ch and playing
chess with my younge
Omar: What are you r brother.
same time that it is being done) Khaleds playing hide
and seek with
10 doing?
The use of the auxiliary be Hassan: Right now Im
30 the rest of the boys.
Omar: Wheres Sami?
lying under a tree. Im He cant ride
Do not expect students to master these two difculties from resting because we are a bicycle.
cycling Hassan: No, he didnt
the very beginning. up a mountain. We are
enjoying come
the wonderful weather mountain biking with
15
: the suns me, but you
shining! Whats the wea 35 know how he loves dan
Materials back home?
ther like doing rock climbing! Oh!
ger. Hes
The group
Omar: Its actually rain leader is calling us. Im
Students Book pages 6870 ing here! I Omar! See you next wee
coming! Bye,
am sitting in my bedroom k!
, looking
Cassette 20 out of the window. So
wheres
Activity Book: Module 6 pages 5659 68

Exercises 3, 6 and 7 of the Grammar section can be set as Answers
homework. Hassan is in New Zealand.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. Hassan is cycling up a mountain. His dad is sunbathing
and playing chess with Hassans younger brother. Khaled
Students Book page 68 is playing hide and seek. Sami is rock climbing.
Before you start

Divide the class in the same groups as in the
Tell students to read the words and the phrases.
previous class. Ask groups to carry out the task Make sure they know what they mean. Give them
using the notes they took previously. Have a some time to nish the exercise and correct it with the
general discussion on the basis of the activities whole class.
they are doing. Have groups either read their notes
or perform a roleplay to the whole class. You can Students Book page 69
refer to page 12 of the Teachers Book for detailed
instructions about roleplay. Grammar
Page 68, Exercise 1 The Present Continuous
Ask students to look at the pictures at the top Page 69, Exercise 1
of the page and read the title of the lesson
individually. Tell students to ask and answer Ask volunteers to come to the front and mime
questions about what the people are doing. actions one at a time. Ask the class What is he/
she doing? Elicit such answers as He/Shes reading/
Give students time to read the dialogue. Check writing/walking/drinking ...
understanding of the text by asking simple
questions, e.g. Where is Hassan? Where is Omar? You can also play a game with the students, asking
What is Hassan doing? Whats the weather like at them to say such sentences about the picture as
home? Whats Hassans dad doing? Whats the rest The man is playing chess and the class will have to
of his family doing? guess who is being referred to.
Ask students to work in pairs, acting out the Read the rubric to the whole class and set up
dialogue and exchanging roles. pairs of students to nd the verbs in the Present
Continuous. While they are working, walk around
the classroom monitoring the activity.
90
Module 6
student of each group gives the answer and the
justication.
Answers
Verbs ending in a do doing
vowel
Verbs ending in -e have having; phone phoning;
t! cycle cycling; shine shining;
sunbathe sunbathing;
The Present Continuous
come coming
1 Omar asks: What are you doing? and Hassan answers:
Verbs ending in -y enjoy enjoying; play playing
Verbs ending in a rest resting; rain raining;

Underline the sentences in the Present Continuous in the rest of consonant look looking; build building;
the dialogue on page 68. Then in pairs, have a similar dialogue
using the verbs underlined. call calling
2 Write the -ing form of the verbs in the dialogue on page 68 in
the corresponding column. Which verb is the exception to all the Verbs ending in one sit sitting
following rules? Work in pairs.
vowel followed by
Verbs ending in a vowel do doing
a consonant
Verbs ending in -e have having
Verbs ending in -y enjoy enjoying Exception: lie lying

Verbs ending in a
rest resting
consonant
Verbs ending in one

vowel followed by a sit sitting
consonant
3 Complete this dialogue with the correct

69 form of the verbs in brackets.
girls (4) (eat) ice cream.

y
Alia: This is the best beach holida Wheres their mother?
ever! Lets build a sandcastle!
A
Ask
k iindividual
di id l students
t d t tto read
d th
their
i answers. W
Write
it Samira: Yes! Is that your father?
Alia: Shes over there. She
(5) (read) a book.
them on the board for the whole class to check. What (1) he
Samira: Is that your sister? What
(do)?
Have a show of hands to see how many got the Alia: He (2) (play) chess.
(6) she
(buy)?
correct answers. He cant swim because he broke Alia: No, thats her friend Maria
m.
his leg yesterday. She (7) (buy) some
Samira: Wheres your mum?
Write the rst sentences from exercise 1 on the Alia: She (3) (buy)
necklaces. My sister (8)
(learn) diving.
board. Read the second part of the rubric and have lemonade.
Samira: Oh! Its so hot! Look, those
students answer the questions.
4 Now listen to the passage and check 6 Look at the picture on pages 68 and 69 for
your answers. two minutes. Try to memorise what the
Answers 5 Read each situation and complete the
people are doing.
following sentences with a or b. 7 Now close your book and write down as
are/phoning; m having; are/doing; m lying; m resting; 1. Dont forget to take your umbrella. many sentences as possible about the
people in the picture. In pairs, check each
are cycling; are enjoying; s shining; s/raining; am sitting/ a. It rains.
others sentences. The one with the most
correct sentences wins.
looking; are/doing; Are/enjoying; isnt/having; b. Its raining.
He tr
2. Every Friday,
is sunbathing/playing; s playing; s doing; is calling; a. Sami drives his son to football
Over to you . . .
practice. 8 Imagine you are on your ideal holiday.
m coming b. Sami is driving his son to football Where is it? Where are you staying? What
practice. is it like? What do you do every day? What
are you doing now? Write down notes.
Students own answers 3. Be quiet!
a. The baby sleeps.
In pairs, take turns to have a telephone
conversation like the one on page 68.
b. The baby is sleeping.
Example
4. You will not nd Hind at home right
now.
Page 69, Exercise 2 a. She visits her grandparents.

b. She is visiting her grandparents.
5. Once a week,
Read the examples to the whole class and, if a. we go to a music class.
b. we are going to a music class.
necessary, write them on the board.
70
Set up pairs of students to nd and classify the
-ing forms in the dialogue. While they are working,
walk around the classroom monitoring the activity. Page 70, Exercise 3
Ask individual students to read their answers to the Tell students to read the dialogue quickly.
whole class. Write the verbs on the board for the
Ask them to give you the correct form of the rst
whole class to check.
verb. Then ask them to do the exercise individually.
After that, have students guess in groups which Tell students to read the dialogue in pairs. Walk
verb is an exception to the rules in the table and around the class making sure they are using
ask them to agree on the reason why they think the correct form of the verbs and the correct
that particular verb is an exception. Then, one pronunciation.
91
Module 6
Page 70, Exercise 7
Page 70, Exercise 4
Students close their books and write sentences
Play the cassette and have students listen to the individually. Walk around the class monitoring
dialogue and check their answers against it. the activity. Make sure the students are using
Write the answers on the board next to the the Present Continuous in their sentences. After
students answers as the cassette is playing, as a ve minutes, ask them to stop and to check each
reference for slower students. others sentences.
Have a show of hands to see how many students Ask individual students to read some of their
got the correct answers. If there are any mistakes, sentences to make sure they understood the task.
refer students to the Grammar Notes on page 87
of the Students Book or tell them to revise them Suggested answers
at home. sunbathing, playing, digging in the sand
Audioscript
Over to you ...
Alia: This is the best beach holiday ever! Lets build a
sandcastle! Page 70, Exercise 8
Samira: Yes! Is that your father? Whats he doing?
Alia: Hes playing chess. He cant swim because he Read the rubric and make sure students understand
broke his leg yesterday. the task. Ask them to work in pairs and write down
Samira: Wheres your mum? their answers to the questions, e.g. "Where are you
Alia: Shes buying lemonade. staying?" "Well, I'm in Jerash."
Samira: Oh! Its so hot! Look, those girls are eating ice Walk around the class making notes of students
cream. Wheres their mother? mistakes. Remember not to interrupt their
Alia: Shes over there. Shes reading a book. exchanges.
Samira: Is that your sister? What is she buying?
Alia: No, thats her friend Mariam. Shes buying some Have different pairs of students read their roleplay
necklaces. My sister is learning diving.
to the class.
Comment on the mistakes youve heard while the
activity was taking place.
Answers
See notes on roleplay and assessment tool on page
1. s/doing; 2. s playing; 3. s buying; 4. are eating; 12 of the Teachers Book.
5. s reading; 6. is/buying; 7. s buying; 8. is learning
Answers
Page 70, Exercise 5 Answers may include:
Do the rst situation with the students to make names of different countries and regions
(Italy, Spain, Turkey )
sure they know what the activity is about. Then ,
ask them to work in pairs, taking turns to complete type of accommodation (hotel, youth hostel,
with friends)
the sentences and explaining the reasons why they
chose one of the options. type of activity (surng, swimming, playing )
Check the answers with the whole class and explain

the difference in usage between the Present Simple Refer to Activity Book pages 5659.
(talking about routines) and the Present Continuous Ask a few students to give you sentences using the
(talking about actions happening at the moment of Present Continuous. Then, tell them that they are
speaking). going to use the afrmative, interrogative and negative
forms of the Present Continuous to solve the exercises,
Answers as well as write questions and answers. Put them in
1. b; 2. a; 3. b; 4. b; 5. a small groups and correct the exercises when everyone
has nished.
Page 70, Exercise 6 Optional Activity

Have students close their books. Write on the
Ask students to look at the picture on pages 68 and
69 and memorise what the people are doing. Give board:
students two minutes to do so. Omar Hassan Samira the little girls
Samiras friends Khaled and his friends
one of them.
92
Module 6
Lessons 4 and 5 Find the words
Have some students read the denitions. Ask them
Skills focus if they know the corresponding words. If they do
not, tell them to wait until they have read the
notes from Ibn Battutas journal on page 72 to nd
He travelled around the the words to match them.
world for 29 years! Answers

march; castle; fortress
To read notes about a famous traveller
To listen to information about Ibn Battuta
To check the meanings of words in a dictionary
To write notes about activities (Refer to Teachers Book
page 14 for instructions on how to take notes)
To express opinions about activities
Background
Ibn Battuta began rst by exploring the lands of the Middle
East. Then he sailed down the Red Sea to Makkah. He
crossed the huge Arabian Desert and travelled to what are
now Iraq and Iran. In 1330 CE, he set off again down the
Red Sea to Aden and then along the coast of East Africa to
present-day Tanzania. Then in 1332 CE, Ibn Battuta decided
to go to India. He was welcomed by the Sultan of Delhi
and given the job of a judge. He stayed in India for 8 years
and then left for China. He survived wars, shipwrecks and
rebellions. Finally, he returned home to Tangiers in 1349 CE rld for 29 yea rs!
and left again in 1352 CE. He went south, crossed the Sahara a v e ll e d a ro u n d th e wo
Desert and visited the African kingdom of Mali. Ibn Battuta He tr
got back to Morocco in 1354 CE. He had travelled for about
29 years and more than 75,000 miles, visited all Muslim Before you start
Reading Strategies: When to use the dictionary
lands and met sixty different rulers. Look at the You do not need to know all the words in a
picture above. text. Try to guess the meaning of the words
Who is this you do not know from the words or sentences
Materials person? What do before and after it. Use your dictionary only
you know about when you cannot guess.
Students Book pages 7173 him?
Dictionaries
Cassette Find the words

71
Students Book page 71 Reading
Before you start Page 72, Exercise 1
Ask students if they know any famous travellers:
Marco Polo, Christopher Columbus, Amundsen, Ibn Have students look at the picture on the previous
Battuta, etc. What do students know about them? page and read the titles of the notes individually.
What did they discover? What countries did they Discuss what they are about as a whole class. Elicit
visit? the meaning of journal (a daily record of news and
events of someones personal life).
Ask them what they know specically about Ibn
Battuta. Give students time to read the notes from the
journal. Ask them to nd the words the denitions
Suggested answers of which they read in the Find the words box. Tell
This lesson is about Ibn Battuta. He is a famous
them to underline any words they do not know.
Moroccan traveller and scholar who travelled for When they have read the notes once, ask students
twenty-nine years. to tell you the words corresponding to the
denitions. Then, have a round of students asking
Reading Strategies the meanings of words they do not know. Write
them on the board. Try to make them guess the
Read the Reading Strategies box with the students. meanings from the context. Then, allow students
Tell them that they will apply these strategies later to look them up in the dictionary or tell them the
in the lesson and that these are effective strategies
meaning.
for them to follow every time they come across a
reading task. 93
Module 6
READING 1 Read the notes from Ibn B
Battutas journal.
The longest journey 4 Read the text again and answer these questions.
New moon of Shawwal 726
(1st September 1326) a. How do we know about Ibn Battutas journey?
Ibn Battuta was a Moroccan scholar The Hijaz caravan is leaving Damascus
b. Why do you think he wanted to leave his country?
and traveller. He visited the Middle for Medina and I am travelling with
East, Turkey, North, East and
25 it. First we are going to the Castle c. Which means of transportation did he use?
West Africa, Southern and Eastern of Karak. Kings use this fortress as a d. Why do you think travelling is important? What can we learn from
5 Europe, Central Asia, Southeast refuge in difcult times. visiting different places?
Asia, China and parts of India. Ibn
Battuta met kings, ministers and I am very tired. After a march of two
other powerful men. He travelled 30 days, we are staying at Tabuk for four
for twenty-nine years. Historians days to rest and to water the camels.
10 read his travel notes to find out what
happened in those times. Now, at last, we are travelling to Medina

2nd
nd
R
Rajab
ajab 7725 (14thth JJune,
25 (14 une 11325)
325)
35 1st week of September, 1344
I am 22 years old and I am leaving
Tangiers today. My parents are I am staying in the palace of the
15 very sad. Sultan of Ceylon. We met at the
port, and he invited me to visit his
palace. He gave me the best pearls in Granada, Spain Alhambra Palace, Granada
9thth R
Ramadan 26 ((99thth A
amadan 7726 August,
ugust, 11326)
326) 40 his kingdom as a present.
I am in Damascus. I am living l at
Malikite College. The Umayyad Mosque LISTENING 5 Listen to a history teacher talk about Ibn Battuta. Complete the
is the most beautiful mosque in the sentences with the new information.
20 world. a. Ibn Battuta joined the Moroccan army when he was
years old.
b. The Black Death was a . It killed millions of people.
VOCABULARY 2 Find these words in the text
text. Use the Reading Strategies on page 71
c. Ibn Battuta went to Malaga because he wanted to see its famous
and guess their meanings. What do you think?
.
To travel hopefully is
1. scholar
better than to arrive. d. The most important city in Andalusia at the time was
a. someone who is on a journey
.
b. an intelligent and well-educated person PROVERB
c. a ruler in a country e. Ibn Battuta returned to Tangiers at the end of .
2. refuge 6 Now listen again and check your answers. In a group, discuss
a. a hotel your answers.
b. a place for people to be safe
WRITING AND 7 Write down ve activities youve done and at least one thing that
c. a house for poor people SPEAKING happened in the last twenty-four hours. Write down your opinion:
3. kingdom was it a good thing or a bad thing, interesting or uninteresting, and
a. a country ruled by a king or queen did you enjoy it or not?
b. the people who live in a palace
8 In a group, discuss what you have written. Do all of you have
c. a large, beautifully decorated house
the same opinion about the activities or events you mention in
3 Now check your answers using a dictionary. your notes? Why are there similarities and differences? Imagine
72 a historian is reading these accounts a century later. What would
he think about your different points of view? Can we believe
everything Ibn Battuta said in his travel notes? Why or why not?
73
Vocabulary
V b l
Page 72, Exercise 2 Page 73, Exercise 4

Read out the rst word and ask students to match Read the rubric. Tell students to read Ibn Battutas
it with the correct meaning. Then ask them to journal again and then cover it. Give them time to
complete the task in pairs. read and answer the questions. In the meantime,
While students are working, go round and answer walk around the class monitoring the activity.
any questions they may have. Have students check their answers in pairs before
Ask different students to read out each word in checking them with the whole class.
turn and give the matching denition.
Answers
Answers a. We know about Ibn Battutas journey from his notes.
b. Students own answers
1. b; 2. b; 3. a
c. He travelled by camel.
Page 72, Exercise 3
Listening
Students check their answers in pairs using a
dictionary. Tell them that they might not nd the
Page 73, Exercise 5
exact denition of each word in the dictionary. If
this is the case, ask them to discuss whether both Have students read the rubric. Give them time to
denitions mean the same thing. read the sentences. Explain that they will have to
listen and ll in the blanks.
Play the cassette and give students time to
complete the exercise individually.
Play the cassette again if necessary for students to
complete their answers.
94
Module 6
You may ask different students to read their Page 73, Exercise 8
answers and write them on the board to check
against the correct answers later. Divide students into groups and ask them to carry
out the activity. Give students time to discuss with
Audioscript their groups.
Teacher: In April 1350, Ibn Battuta was back in Have a general class discussion answering the
Tangiers. He was about 46 years old when questions in the rubric. Tell them that they can
he heard that the King of Spain wanted write in their notebook the different questions in
to attack Gibraltar. So he decided to join the rubric and write the answers for each to make
the Moroccan army to defend it. When he sure they havent missed any of them.
arrived, King Alfonso of Spain and many
soldiers on both sides were killed by the Answers
Black Death. Students own answers
Student A: What was the Black Death?
Teacher: It was a very deadly plague. It killed millions
What do you think?
of people. But Ibn Battuta went on travelling.
Student B: Sorry, he was in Gibraltar, wasnt he? Where Read the quotation to the class and ask them
did he go from there? to explain what it means. After a few guesses,
Teacher: He went to Malaga to see its magnicent tell students that it refers to what is good
mosque. From Malaga, he went on to about travelling; a journey lled with hope and
Granada. anticipation can be better than the destination
Student C: Sorry, can you spell that, please?
itself. Discuss whether they agree or disagree with
Teacher: What? Malaga or Granada?
the quotation. Is there a similar proverb in their
Student C: Both, please.
language?
Teacher: M-A-L-A-G-A and G-R-A-N-A-D-A. Granada
was the shining star of Andalusia. At the end
of 1350, Ibn Battuta returned to Tangiers. Refer to Activity Book pages 5961.
Tell students that the topic of the exercises is about
journeys and holidays. Put them in pairs and ask them
Page 73, Exercise 6 to brainstorm where they would go on a holiday and
what they would write in their postcards. Let them
Play the cassette again, this time for students to start working on the exercises as you walk around
check their answers against the recording. offering your help whenever necessary. Afterwards,
correct the exercises and ask students to share their
Play the cassette twice. If you have already written postcards with the class.
students answers on the board, write the correct
answers next to them. Have a show of hands to Optional Activity
see how many got the correct answers. Discuss Have groups of students make a presentation as to
mistakes with the whole class. what they consider the best thing and the worst
thing that happened during the week. Then have a
Answers vote for the whole class to decide on it.
a. 46; b. deadly plague; c. mosque; d. Granada;
e. 1350
Writing and Speaking
Page 73, Exercise 7

Read the rubric with the whole class. Ask individual
students to work on it. To make sure they
understand the task, ask individual students to
provide some sentences.
Answers
95
Module 6
Ask the students to work in pairs asking and
Communication Workshop answering the questions. Ask volunteers to share
their answers with the whole class.
Writing a newspaper Speaking and Writing
Page 74, Exercise 1

article
Read the question with the students. Ask students
to read the article quickly and silently. Then,
The outcomes of this lesson are: encourage a discussion about the reason why the
To read a newspaper article about Ahmad Bin Majid story was written in a recent newspaper.
To write a newspaper article
To practise punctuation and capital letters Suggested answers
To review joining sentences with conjunctions to inform people about the importance of historical
Teaching tips gures
Go carefully over the questions with students and give to celebrate the anniversary of the death of the
them all the help they need. traveller or some related event
Materials to present a new discovery concerning that story or
Students Book page 74 that person

Exercise 3 can be set as homework. Ask students to read the article again individually.
Divide the class into groups and ask the members
to do the task. Read the rubric and the questions.
Walk around the class monitoring the activity,
listening to the exchanges of the different groups
and writing down the mistakes you hear. Do not
stop them while they are talking. Once the activity
tic le
a n e w sp a pe r ar is over, use these notes for further discussion.
Wr i t i n g
Answers
Before you start
The Oman Times a. He wanted to be a traveller because he wanted to
Do you like Oman, 2011
travelling? What discover the world.
are the places
youd like to AN INTELLIGENT SAILOR b. He visited the Red Sea and the western Indian Ocean.
travel to?
The famous sailor Ahmad Bin Majid wanted to
discover the world, so he started
c. Yes, he was. He examined the ship after building it; he
Ahmad Bin Majid was a
very intelligent traveller. sailing when he was 17. He lived knew the direction of the wind by putting a piece of
in the 15th century. Most of his
This is his story.
travels were to the Red Sea and cloth on the ship; and he was good at astrology.
the western Indian Ocean. He
wrote many books and poems d. Yes, he did. Indian sailors used his books in their
about sailing. Indian sailors used
his books in their trips. travels.
Ahmad Bin Majid was an intelligent
sailor. He examined the ship after
building it. He knew the direction of
the wind by putting a piece of cloth
on the ship. He was also good at
astrology.
SPEAKING
AND
WRITING 1 Read the story about Ahmad Bin Majid. It goes back to the 15th
century. Why do you think it was written in a recent newspaper?
Writing Strategies:
Organising ideas 2 In a group, answer the following questions about Ahmad Bin
Majid.
First, think of the
information you a. Why did he want to be a traveller?
want to include.
Write down some b. What are the places that he visited the most?
ideas on a piece
of paper. c. Was he an intelligent sailor? Why or why not?
Use the model
article above and
d. Did he help other sailors? If yes, how?
a paragraph plan 3 In a group, write a newspaper article about a famous travellers
similar to the one
in exercise 2 to story and the places he visited. Illustrate with pictures and
help you organise drawings. Read the Writing Strategies to be guided in your writing.
your ideas.
74
96
Module 6
Page 74, Exercise 3
WRITING PAIR WORK CHECKLIST
Read the Writing Strategies box with the class.
Yes No Comments
Tell them that they have to follow the strategies
in order to organise their ideas before the writing Is there a specic
task. audience?
Ask each group to write their newspaper article Is the audience
and illustrate it. Have all students in the group take introduced well to
part in discussing, writing, editing and illustrating the traveller?
the article. Remind them that they should check Is the introduction
spelling, the use of tenses, capital letters and good?
punctuation.
Is the title relevant?
If you have time, have each group make an oral
Are all my ideas
presentation of their report.
clear?
Read your notes on the mistakes students made
Is the sequence of
during the discussion and presentation of the events clear?
activity. Do not say who made them, simply say the
wrong sentence and ask students to correct it. If Are there linking
students do not get it, point to the mistake yourself words between
and explain why it is wrong and how to correct it. ideas?
Is the word choice
Answers effective and
Students own answers appropriate?
Are spelling,
punctuation and
Refer to Activity Book pages 6263. capitalisation
Ask students why addresses are important and what correct?
would happen if the address is not written on a
postcard or a letter. Afterwards, tell them to read Are all sentences
through the exercises quickly and make sure they complete?
understand the different tasks. Are the pictures
Ask them to work in pairs. When everyone is nished, relevant and
ask them to swap their Activity Books with other pairs
and correct any mistakes. Make sure you check their interesting?
work as they are correcting the exercises. Optional Activity
If you have time, ask students to copy the If you have asked students to present their articles,
following table in their notebooks and complete it ask each group to rewrite them adding two pieces
individually. Then they work with the group they of information that are not true. Ask groups to
wrote the newspaper article with, comparing the hand in their articles. Give them out to different
different results they have. Ask them to agree on a groups. Ask each group to read the articles and
single table for the whole group in order to discuss nd the things that are not true. Have different
with the other groups their progress in writing. students tell the class what they think the incorrect
information in their article was. The group that
wrote the article has to say whether they were
right. If that were not the case, they have to give
the correct information.
97
Module 6
Read the task to the students and clarify any
Language Development doubts. Ask students to work individually. Give
them time to do the exercise. While they are
The outcomes of this lesson are: activity.
To practise the Present Continuous tense (afrmative,
Have students check their answers in pairs. Then
negative and interrogative)
ask individual students to read their answers. Write
the answers on the board for slower students to
Teaching tips have a guide to check their answers. Give them
It is normal for students to stumble on two difculties when time to correct the exercise.
practising the Present Continuous: Have a show of hands to see what the mistakes
The concept of immediacy (describing an action at the
were. Explain why the sentences were wrong.
same time that it is being done)
The use of the auxiliary be Finally, ask pairs of students to read the dialogue,
replacing the gaps with the answers on the board.
Materials
Students Book pages 7576 Answers
1. are having; 2. is shing; 3. is playing; 4. is skiing;
How to go about the material: 5. are/doing; 6. am relaxing; 7. are playing
Exercises 1, 2 and 6 can be set as homework.
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activities. Page 75, Exercise 2
Read the task aloud and clarify any doubts.
Ask students to work individually writing down
the questions, then ask them to compare their
questions in pairs.
1 Complete this dialogue with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
Ask some individual students to read their
Zeina: Hi Nadia! How are you? Nadia: Are Malek and the boys enjoying questions and write them on the board. Correct all
Nadia: Zeina? Where are you? I thought
you were in Disneyland with Malek
it there?
Zeina: Yes, they are. Malek (2)
grammar mistakes.
and the children. (sh) right now. Sami (3) (play)
Zeina: Thats precisely where I am! We
(1) (have) a great time.
golf, and Tareq (4)
Nadia: And what (5)
(ski).
you and
Answers
Nadia: Im glad to hear it. And tell me:
is it as brilliant as they say?
the girls
Zeina: I (6)
(do)?
(relax) on the beach
1. Where are Zeina and her family?
Zeina: Its fantastic! Now I can and the girls (7) (play) at the 2. What are the boys doing?
understand why it is the most popular Neverland Club.
amusement park in the world.
3. Is Zeina relaxing on the beach?
4. What are the girls doing?
2 Use these words to ask questions about Example
the above dialogue.
1. family / Zeina / her / ? / are / Where / A: Are you reading? B: No, Im not.
and A: Are you buying books? B: Yes, I am.
2. are / boys / ? / the / What / doing A: You are at a bookshop! B: Yes, I am.
3. on / relaxing / Zeina / beach / ?

/ Is / the 5 Imagine you are on holiday in New
4. the / doing / ? / are / What / girls Zealand. Write ve sentences about what
you and the members of your family are
3 Now in pairs, answer them. doing. In pairs, ask and answer questions.
4 In pairs, write the names of different Example
places on pieces of paperuse the list
below to guide you. Then you and your A: Whats your father doing?
partner take turns to choose a piece of B: Hes playing football.
paper, and ask and answer questions to
nd out where you are.
theatre caf market
museum train station living room
school swimming pool beach
75
98
Module 6
Page 75, Exercise 3
6 Put the following words under the three headings in the table below.
In pairs, ask students to answer the questions on
the passage, one of them asking the question and
the other answering it. While they are working, Types of holiday People Actions
walk around the class monitoring the activity. ecotourism
Check the answers of selected students as you walk

around. Afterwards, discuss any frequent mistakes
with the whole class.
Crossword Puzzle
Answers Read the clues and write the words in the puzzle.
1. They are in Disneyland.

3
T
4
H
2. Sami is playing golf and Tareq is skiing.
3. Yes, she is. 1
T 5
R
4. They are playing at the Neverland Club.
2
S
Page 75, Exercise 4
Read the rubric and clarify any doubts. Have pairs Across Down
1. A person who goes to visit other places is a 3. Visiting a place for fun is called ___________.
of students carry out the task. ___________. 4. When people are on ___________, they
often travel to another place.
2. It is a castle made of sand.
5. To feel calm and comfortable is to
When they are done with the pair work, ask ___________.
volunteer pairs to ask and answer questions in ?

front of the whole class. Tell the rest of the class Ibn Battuta is the short form of the
name of this famous traveller.
that they can correct them if they have spotted any What was his full name?
When was he born?
mistakes. Where was he born?
76
Answers
Students own answers Page 76
P 76, E
Exercise
i 6
Ask students to draw the table in their notebook.
Page 75, Exercise 5 In pairs, they ll it in with the words from the box.
Explain the rubric to the students. Ask them to Ask them to discuss the reasons why they made
write the sentences individually. Then, ask pairs of such choices.
students to carry out the task. While they are working, draw the table on the
After that, ask students to change partners and board. When theyre nished, complete the table
carry out the same activity. Write notes of any with the whole class for the students to check their
mistakes you hear so that you share them with the answers.
whole class when the task is done. After that, you may ask them to add to the three
columns more words they have encountered
Answers throughout the book, e.g. pilot, archaeologist,
Answers may include: investigate, etc.
tourist spots
Answers
sunbathing
swimming Types of holiday People Actions
touring ecotourism traveller sunbathe
adventure scholar lie
trying local dishes
holiday historian relax
beach holiday sailor
99
Module 6
Crossword puzzle
Remember!
Ask students to solve the crossword puzzle Remind students that for the following class they should
individually. They then work in pairs. Tell them bring the newspaper articles they wrote with their
groups as well as photos of the place they wrote about.
to exchange their books and check each others Each group will also need coloured paper, crayons,
corrections. Ask them to discuss the corrections marker pens, glue sticks and scissors.
theyve done for each other and justify them.
Optional Activities
If you still have time, you can ask students to give
you vocabulary words theyve learnt in Module 6 Do the Evaluation on page 65 of the Activity Book
other than the ones used in the crossword puzzle. after students have completed the test. Then, there
Answers a) mark the tests;
Across Down b) ask students to exchange their tests and mark
1. traveller 3. tourism one anothers mistakes. Then go over the test
2. sandcastle 4. holiday orally to conrm or correct the marking.
5. relax Have a general revision of the Present Continuous
by asking students to imagine that it is the
? weekend, and ask them to write about the
activities they are doing. Divide the class in groups,
Read the questions about Ibn Battuta and set it as a collect the papers of each group, shufe them and
task for the following class. give them out to the members of the same group.
Each member of the group reads the paper he/she
has received and the whole group has to guess who
Answers wrote it. Eventually, if you have time, each group
His full name was: Abu Abdullah Muhammad Ibn
can choose one of the papers and read it to the
Abdullah Al Lawati Al Tanji Ibn Battuta.
whole class for them to guess who wrote it.
He was born on February 24th, 1304.
He was born in Tangiers.

Tell the class that they have reached almost the end of
their Activity Book. As usual, they need to remember
what they have learnt in this last module and solve the
exercises. After correcting the exercises, congratulate
the class on their good effort and hard work.
100
Module 6
Lesson 8 examples on the Internet or in newspapers and
magazines.
Once students have gathered the information
Project 6 about the place, they produce a checklist of what
to include in the brochure. They draft headings and
Make a tourist brochure subheadings. Then, they decide on the layout and
design.
Once the brochure has been made, ask different
groups to give their presentations and show their
To practise the modules vocabulary in a different context brochures to the class.
To write a tourist brochure and present it
To practise the language in a cooperative and Have the brochures as class exhibits. Your students
non-stressful atmosphere may invite students from other classes to see their
presentations.
Materials
Students Book page 77 If you have time, you may ask students to keep
The newspaper article students wrote working in their groups in order to assess their
Photos of the place the group wrote the article about, collaborative work. Draw the following table on
coloured paper, crayons, marker pens, a glue stick and the board and ask students to copy it in their
scissors for each group of students notebooks and complete it with their partners.
Then, ask a volunteer from one group to come
How to go about the material: to the board and complete his or her groups
Make sure all groups have the necessary materials. Just assessment. Discuss results with the whole class.
in case, bring a couple of sheets of coloured paper to the
class. PROJECT WORK ASSESSMENT
You may decide that students do the Project as homework RATING SCALE
Poor Okay Good Excellent
Students Book page 77 (1) (2) (3) (4)
Ability
to share
knowledge
Before you start with the
Find a large sheet of coloured paper, crayons or marker
pens, photos of a place Ibn Battuta visited, a glue stick group
and scissors. Your task is ...
Y
about a
To make a tourist brochure
and tell Ability
place Ibn Battuta visited,
the class about it. to recall
information
M al ag a about places
Ability
to recall
information
about Ibn
Battuta
This is the Alca zaba . Badi
s, Fina lly, visit the Rom an
to Ability to
rule r of Mal aga, built it
in Thea tre. It is righ t next
This is Mal aga today. Six the Alca zaba .
1057 CE. This fort ress is arrange the
hund red years ago, whe n
Ibn Batt uta visited it, he one of the larg est Mus lim
said: milit ary buildings in Spai
n. ideas in a
Ma laga is sma ller than Dont miss the view over
the
Gran ada. But it is one of
the logical way
tow n and the port.
larg est and mos t beau tifu
l B Your second assignment
tow ns of And alus ia. Write and illustrate a tourist Ability to
brochure about the place Ibn
Battuta visited. When you are remember
ready, present it to the class.
and adapt
A Your rst assignment brochure
Find out more details about the place. You can
use a search engine or the library. Read about
templates
the importance of the place, where it was, what
important buildings you can see there and what Division of
important people lived there.
tasks within
77 the group
Achieved
To prepare for this project, ask students to do result
some individual research about a place Ibn Battuta
visited. Ask students to identify the purpose of the
brochure and the audience. Ask them to collect
examples of tourist brochures from museums,
hotels, a tourist information ofce, or look for
101
Module 6
N MO
IO
D
REVIS
U LE
S
I now know ...
Answers
Lessons 1 and 2 1. b; 2. a; 3. c; 4. b; 5. a; 6. b; 7. c; 8. a; 9. c

To practise the comparative and the superlative degrees of
Before you start Answer these questions about the ancient world,
adjectives Revise what you detective stories and travelling.
To review the vocabulary related to wonders, historical learnt in Modules
46.
places, detectives, detecting and travelling
Materials
1 Which wonder of the ancient world has the shape of a triangle?
Activity Book: I now know pages 6667 a. the Lighthouse of Alexandria
b. the Great Pyramid of Giza
How to go about the material: c. the Hanging Gardens of Babylon
2 What do we call someone who studies old cities and monuments?
You may ask students to do the quiz and all the exercises
a. an archaeologist b. a tourist guide c. a historian
on pages 7879 as homework and then correct them
3 Which Jordanian city was voted one of the New World Wonders in 2007?
orally the following class. a. Jerash b. Amman c. Petra
If you have time, you may do the revision of Modules 46 4 Who is the most famous detective character in history?
in class before asking students to do the exercises. a. Miss Marple b. Sherlock Holmes c. Hercule Poirot
If you have time, you can do the Optional Activity. 5 What was Sherlock Holmes' friend called?
a. Dr Watson b. Mr Mortimer c. Hercule Poirot
6 Which detective was interested in studying the mind of the suspects?
a. Holmes b. Poirot c. Watson
7 In which century did Ibn Battuta live?
Before you start a. 12th century b. 13th century c. 14th century
8 What did Ahmad Bin Majid write?
If you have decided to do the revision in class, give a. books and poems about sailing
b. books and poems about his life
students time to go over their notes and the pages c. books and poems about his crew
of Modules 46 in pairs. Use this opportunity to 9 Why was the Castle of Karak important in Ibn Battuta'ss
begin the revision of adjectives in the comparative days?
a. because kings used to live in it
and superlative degrees by asking questions about b. because people used it as a refuge in wars
the different points of Modules 46. 78
c. because kings used it as a refuge in wars
Teaching tips
Read through the quiz with students.
Ask students to work in pairs answering the
questions. At this stage, they should be able to
answer the questions without going back to the
modules. However, if you have a weak group,
allow them to check their answers against the
texts. Finally, you may allow students to go back
to the texts once you are checking the answers
with the whole class. Walk around the class
monitoring the activity.
Have individual students tell the whole class
what they think the answers are.
Write the correct answers next to students
suggestions. Have a show of hands to see how
many got the correct answers.
102
Page 79, Exercise 1 1 In pairs, put these expressions in the 6 Find the 10 words below and write them
correct column. down.
Ask students to read the rubric and in pairs p i n t e l l i g e n t c s w
complete the exercise in their notebooks. e e s a n d c a s t l e h u s
t t r u w h o m i s a b a n a
Ask students to give their notebooks to other pairs c m e t h e v p n v o u s b u
for them to correct their answers. Petra Great Pyramid of Giza e n s a v e i w n g t i f a s
p r o f e s s i o n a l k t y
Ask individual students to tell the class their v p u e a r i s c t h d p h o
2 Use the information in the table to write
answers. Have students comment on the mistakes sentences about Petra and the Great
o k r w z a t e e r o i y e t
t n t e v k o i a n c i e n t
as a class. Pyramid of Giza.
e w o n d e r t i v e k i l m
3 Choose three of the adjectives below
and use them in the comparative and
Answers the superlative forms to compare the

detectives in Module 5 as in the example
Across Down
1. i 6. v
below.
2. s 7. v
Petra: Jordan; new wonder; rediscovered in the 1800s 3. p 8. w
Great Pyramid of Giza: built thousands of years ago; big 4. a

5. w
9. b
10. s
tomb; Egypt; ancient wonder 4 Complete the questions with these words. Always Sometimes Never
I can read
a text and
Page 79, Exercise 2 1. ___ is Hassan having an adventure

answer related
questions.
holiday? I can listen to
Read the task to the class and make sure they 2. ___ is on holiday in Disneyland?
a conversation
and check my
all understand what the exercise is about. Ask 3. ___ did Ahmad Bin Majid start sailing? answers.
I can use the
students to work in pairs. 4. ___ can tourists travel responsibly?
5. ___ is the difference between adventure
new words.
I can participate
tourism and ecotourism?
Walk around the class, noting the written 6. ___ did Ibn Battuta travel to Granada?
in the speaking
tasks well.
responses of as many students as you can. Write 5 In pairs, look for the answers to the
I can do the
grammar
the sentences on the board for students to check. questions in exercise 4 in Module 6. activities
correctly.
I can do the
writing tasks
Suggested answers correctly.
79
Petra was rediscovered in the 1800s; The Great Pyramid
of Giza was built thousands of years ago; Petra is in
Jordan; The Great Pyramid of Giza is in Egypt.
Answers
Page 79, Exercise 3 1. Hassan is having an adventure holiday in New Zealand.
2. Zeina and her family are on holiday in Disneyland.
Read the instructions. Give students time to do 3. Ahmad Bin Majid started sailing when he was 17.
the exercise individually. Have them compare their 4. They can minimise air travel; they can choose trains,
sentences in pairs. buses and passenger boats for transportation instead
Ask individual students to read their sentences of aeroplanes and cars. 5. Adventure tourism is
aloud. Write them on the board and ask the class travelling to exotic places and doing dangerous activities.
to correct the mistakes. If students are unable to Ecotourism is travelling responsibly; 6. Because it was
do so, point to the mistake yourself and explain the most important city in Andalusia.
why it is wrong and how to correct it.
Page 79, Exercise 6
Answers
Students own answers Read the instructions. If you have a slow class, put
students into pairs. Otherwise, students may work
Page 79, Exercise 4 individually to complete the task.
Read the instructions. Give students time to do the Answers
exercise. Across: 1. intelligent; 2. sandcastle; 3. professional;
4. ancient; 5. wonder; Down: 6. vote; 7. visitor; 8. wise;
Answers
9. build; 10. sunbathe
1. Where; 2. Who; 3. When; 4. How; 5. What; 6. Why
Page 79, Exercise 5 Refer to Activity Book pages 6667.

Ask the students to solve the exercises using what they
Have a general round of students reading their
have learnt in Modules 4, 5 and 6.
questions.
Read the instructions. Divide the class into pairs. Optional Activity
Tell students that to answer the questions they are Ask students to evaluate their learning of the
allowed to go back over the three modules. Explain language and the different tasks and skills by
that the fastest pair to answer all the questions placing a tick () in the right box.
correctly will be the winner.
103
Revision Modules 46
Reading for fun
The Boy Judge

To appreciate story reading
To review the tenses and vocabulary learnt in
Modules 16
To analyse a story
To practise establishing a sequence in a story
To roleplay a story
To design a brochure about Amman One Thousand and One Nights
Materials One Thousand and One Nights is a collection of Arabic stories and is over one
thousand years old. It is also known as Alf Layla wa Layla in Arabic.
The stories are told by a character called Scheherazade who is the new wife
Dictionaries of the king Shahryar. Scheherazade has to prove to the king that she deserves
to stay alive. This is why she decides to start telling him a new story each
Cassette night. Then before the king goes to sleep she stops the story so Shehryar has
to let her live to complete it the following day. One thousand and one nights
are passed in this way.
How to go about the material: Some of the famous characters in the stories are people from the past like
caliph Haroun Al-Rashid and his vizier Jafar Al-Barmaki. In addition to the
You can ask students to read the short story as homework original stories, the European edition of One Thousand and One Nights also
includes
and go straight to page 83. well-known stories such as Aladdins Wonderful Lamp, Ali Baba and the
Forty Thieves, The Voyages of Sinbad the Sailor and "The Boy Judge".
If you have time, you can do the reading of the short story
The One Thousand and One Nights are about many things, including religion,
in class before asking students to do the exercises. friendship and travel. They have now been translated into many languages and
are read by people from all around the world.

Tell students about One Thousand and One Nights. 80
You can refer to the notes on page 80 of the
Students Book.
If you have time to do the reading in class, give Students Book pages 8485
students time to read the story in pairs. Ask
students to underline the words they do not know. Vocabulary
When they have read the story once, have a round Page 84, Exercise 1
of students asking the meanings of words they
do not know. Write them on the board. Try to Ask a volunteer from the class to give a brief
make them guess the meanings from the context. summary of the The Boy Judge which students
Eventually, allow students to look them up in the read on pages 8183. Make sure students
dictionary or tell them the meanings. understand the exercise, and remind them that
they should be able to work out the answers from
Check understanding of the text by asking simple the context even if they dont recognise the words
questions. immediately.
Alternatively, use the jigsaw learning strategy on Ask students to swap their answers with a partner.
page 122 of the Teachers Book. Photocopy the Then ask volunteers to give their answers as the
story and divide it into parts. Students work in class mark their partners work.
groups; each student gets one part. Students work
together to reconstruct the story. Answers
1. b; 2. c; 3. a; 4. b; 5. a
104
might have made a mistake; Ali was what you are saying? This cant be
afraid because the caliph might true! They still have their colour and
The Boy Judge

think he was a thief; Massoud was 190 they are not even wrinkled, cried
160 afraid because he was a thief; the one of the merchants.

merchants were afraid because The other merchant agreed: I can
adapted from One Thousand and One Nights they did not know what the caliph see by looking at them that they
might know about them; and the are not so old. No olive is any good
boy was afraid because he had 195 after three years. These olives are
friend. He told him to leave the 165 never visited such a wonderful, fresh.
olives in the corner of his shop. huge palace before Massouds face became white. His
They will be safe there. Come, said the caliph to the boy. eyes were turned to the ground.
30 Ali put on his best clothes for I heard you judge these two men I took the gold, he said. Its in a
the road; he wore his green and in play last night. Today you shall 200 hole in my garden.The caliph then
golden-yellow thobe with a green 170 really do it. The caliph told the spoke: You know how the law
belt and a purple turban and set judge to watch and learn. punishes thieves.
off to his destination. On the road, The boy asked for the jar. Then But before Massoud could answer,
35 every time he felt tired he stopped he put his arm into the jar, pulled Ali said, Oh great caliph, dont cut
to rest and discovered many out some olives and gave a few to 205 off his hand. He was once a good
beautiful new places. 175 everyone who was present at the friend to me. Let him go with a
After many weeks, Ali reached trial, slowly eating one himself. beating.
Mecca. He completed his religious These are very good olives, he The caliph looked at the boy judge.
40 duties as a pilgrim. When the said. Everyone agreed. A beating would be enough, the
time came for him to leave, he Then he asked Massoud if he had 210 boy said.
realised that he would like to keep eaten one before today. Massoud
travelling. Some merchants told
180 Then let it be so, said the caliph.
In the time of Caliph Haroun, a man said that he had not even touched
called Ali Cogia lived in Baghdad. him, Come back with us to our So Massoud kept his hand, but lost
them. Then the boy turned to the his good name; Ali lost a friend,
Ali was not rich; he was a seller of 45 home country. There is always work olive merchants and asked if they
sweets and cakes. He had no wife there for a maker of sweets. So but got his gold back; and the boy
enjoyed the olives. He said to them, 215 judge was sent by the caliph to
5 or children, and he had enough for Ali went with them and stayed for They are good olives, although
his own needs. Every week he put two years. After that he moved on
185
study law. For as the great Haroun
seven years old. said, Twenty jars of gold cant buy
a small gold piece into a jar and to Damascus. Time passed. It was
over the years he saved more than 50 nearly seven years since he had left Seven years old? Are you sure of a good judge.
a thousand gold pieces, more than Baghdad. Then one day he decided
10 enough for the times when I am he would like to return home to
old, he said to himself. Baghdad.
He was a good man and gave On the same day that Ali left
money to the poor but he had 55 Damascus, Massouds wife needed
never made the pilgrimage to some olives. There werent any
15 Mecca. His life in Baghdad was in the house, and the shop in
good and the road to Mecca was their street was shut. Massoud
difcult but he decided to go. He remembered that there were some
hid his gold in the jar under some 60 in his shop. He thought that if Ali
olives. `he foolishly thought he was not back after seven years,
20 could trust his friend, so he left the perhaps he would not return at
jar with him. all. So he went to take his friends
Brother Massoud, he said, you food. The top layer of olives was
know that I am going to Mecca. 65 quite dry so he put his whole arm
Can I leave this jar of olives with in to reach to the bottom. When he
25 you till I come back? pulled it out he was holding a gold
piece in his hand. Finding that the
Massoud was glad to help his jar contained many gold pieces, he
81 83
Page 84, Exercise 2 Reading

Students check their answers in pairs using a Page 84, Exercise 3
dictionary.
Give students some time to look over the questions,
and check they understand the vocabulary. Then
ask them to read the story again quickly, noting
threw out the olives and buried the problem himself. He wrote to the
70
gold in his garden. Then he bought caliph and gave his letter to one of down the answers to the questions as they read.
new olives to rell the jar. 120 the caliphs servants. By this time,
Seven years is a long time, he the story of the jar of olives had
said to himself, but I cant be sure passed through all the markets of
Baghdad. Everybody was talking
As they work, walk around the class clearing up any
75 that Ali Cogia wont return. If he
does come back, I shall have a jar

of olives to give to him. And that is
about it, some believing Ali, and
125 others believing Massoud. So when
problems that may arise.
what he asked me to look after a the caliph got Alis letter, he read it
jar of olives. with care.
That night he called for his vizier
If you anticipate problems or are short of time,
80 A few weeks later, Ali Cogia came
back to Baghdad. He went to

Massouds house to get his gold.
and said, Let us put on plain
130 clothes tonight and walk in the
divide the questions up around the class so that
My friend, he said to Massoud,
you have looked after this jar for
city. I want to hear what people are
saying about this Ali Cogia. Is he a each student answers two questions each. Then ask
fool, or a man of truth, or a thief?
85 seven years. Now I want to give
you something. You will see what students to share their answers in small groups.
is in the jar that you have kept so
well.
With these words he put his hand
90 deep into the jar. But instead of
Answers
nding gold pieces, he found more
olives. 1. He kept gold pieces in a jar.
Where is my gold? he asked at
last. 2. He left the jar in his friend Massouds shop.
95 Gold? What gold? You did not tell
me about a jar of gold. You only They walked through the streets, 3. He wanted to keep travelling. He was invited to
gave me this jar of olives. 135 they heard many comments about
Ali was a really good man so he both men and everyone was trying
to solve this case. Some came up
Jordan by Jordanian merchants, then he travelled
asked his friend to be honest and
100 said: My dear friend, if you need
with stupid solutions which made
the caliph laugh loudly; others
to Damascus.
the money for your family or your
shop, you can always repay me
week by week, so do not worry
140 were really good but no one could
prove anything. The caliph and 4. He took the gold and hid it, then he relled the jar
the vizier kept on walking and
about anything, Massoud.
105 This made the thief even more
saw some children playing. One with olives.
boy was playing the judge, and
nervous and he insisted that he did
not know anything about any gold.
145 two others were playing Ali and
Massoud. The boy judge was

5. The caliph tried to discover the truth by listening to
Ali felt really disappointed with his
friends behaviour and asked for a
asking good questions. The caliph
had an idea. He told his vizier to
what the local people were saying. Then he held a trial
110 judge. It was not easy for Ali to do
invite the boy judge to the palace
so because he loved his friend. The 150 the next morning. He also asked
with the help of a wise boy.
judge said that Ali was not telling for the judge, Ali Cogia, Massoud,
the truth because nobody had seen
him put the gold in the jar.
two olive merchants and the jar of 6. Students own answers
olives.
115 Ali was angry at the judges words
because they were very unfair with

The next day all these people came 7. Students own answers
155 before the caliph. They were all
him, so he decided to deal with the afraid: the judge thought that he 8. Students own answers
82
105
Reading for fun
Listening
VOCABULARY 1 Find these words in the text. Use the Reading Strategies on page
71 and guess their meanings.
1. to save Page 85, Exercise 6
a. to earn b. to keep c. to spend
2. safe
a. dangerous b. lost c. protected
Have students read the rubric. Give them time to
3. to look after
a. to take care of b. to watch c. to take away
read the sentences.
4. thief
a. someone who lies b. someone who steals c. someone who Play the cassette and give students time to take
sells things
5. to hand down notes individually.
a. to give b. to hold c. to wait
2 Now, check your answers in a dictionary.

Play the cassette a second time if necessary for
READING 3 Read the story again and answer these questions. students to complete their answers. Remember
1. What did Ali keep?
2. Where did he leave it? that some students may nd listening for
3. Why did Ali not return to Baghdad immediately?
4. What did Massoud do when he discovered the gold?
information difcult.
5. How did the caliph try to discover the truth?
6. In your opinion, who do you think helped Ali the most? Ask different students to read their answers and
7. What do you think the moral of the story is?
8. What is your favourite character in the story? Justify your answer.
write them on the board to check against the
4 Match the names of the characters with the facts and qualities correct answers later.
from the story.
a. Ali 1. knows the laws of the kingdom Audioscript

unfair
does not observe well
Come, said the caliph to the boy. I heard you judge
b. Massoud 2. poor
makes sweets
these two men in play last night. Today you shall really
honest do it. The caliph told the judge to watch and learn.
c. the judge 3. has a shop next to Alis
a thief The boy asked for the jar. Then he put his arm into the
d. the boy judge 4. wise jar, pulled out some olives and gave a few to everyone
fair
who was present at the trial, slowly eating one himself.
e. the caliph 5. intelligent
young
These are very good olives, he said. Everyone agreed.
84
Then he asked Massoud if he had eaten one before today.
Massoud said that he had not even touched them. Then
Page 84, Exercise 4 the boy turned to the olive merchants and asked if they
enjoyed the olives. He said to them, They are good
Ask students to tell you the names of the characters olives, although seven years old.
in the story. Encourage them to describe each
character briey. Seven years old? Are you sure of what you are saying?
This cant be true! They still have their colour and they
Get students to work in pairs. Tell them to match
are not even wrinkled, cried one of the merchants.
the characters with the correct description.
The other merchant agreed: I can see by looking at them
If you have time, ask students to identify the
adjectives in the table (unfair; poor; honest; wise; that they are not so old. No olive is any good after three
rich; intelligent; young). Tell students to pick two years. These olives are fresh.
or three adjectives each and write them in the Massouds face became white. His eyes were turned to
comparative and superlative forms. Remind them the ground. I took the gold, he said. Its in a hole in my
that they learnt about comparative and superlative garden.
adjectives in Module 5.
Answers
Answers
a. 2; b. 3; c. 1; d. 5; e. 4
1. Ali and Massoud; 2. the olive merchants;
3. the olives; 4. Massouds
Page 85, Exercise 5
Ask students to read the sentences. Explain that
they are not in the right order and that they have
to put them in the correct sequence. Do the rst
sentence with them.
Put students in pairs to reorder the events. Give
them time to do the task. Go round and offer help
if needed.
Check answers with the class.
Answers
hafgecjbid
106
Reading for fun
Writing
5 Organise these events from 110 as they happen in the story.
a. Massoud discovers the gold in Alis jar.
b. The boy judge proves that the olives are fresh and not seven
Page 85, Exercise 8
years old.
c. The caliph discovers the boy judge while walking the streets of
Baghdad.
Explain to students that they will be designing a
d. Ali gets his gold back. brochure about Jordan. Ask them to look at page
e. Ali writes to the caliph asking for help.
f. After seven years, Ali nds olives instead of gold in his jar.
77 to remind them of how to write a brochure.
g. The judge defends Massoud and takes his side.
h. Ali decides to make a pilgrimage to Mecca.
Ask students to write notes about the things they
i. Ali asks the caliph to let Massoud go with a beating, instead of
having his hand cut off.
might include.
j. The caliph asks Ali, Massoud, the judge, the boy judge and two
olive merchants to come to his palace. Give students time to think about how to present
LISTENING 6 Listen to the discussion and say what or who the underlined their ideas.
words refer to.
1. I heard you judge these two men in play last night.
2. He said to them, They are good olives although seven years old.
Ask different pairs to read their brochure.
3. I can see by looking at them that they are not so old.
4. His eyes were turned to the ground.
For general guidance on brochure writing, see page
SPEAKING 7 Imagine that you heard the story of the missing gold as it passed 13 of the Teachers Book.
through the streets of the city. Work in a group of three and choose
to play one character each (Ali, Massoud or the judge). Make notes
on what you think your character would say. If you are Ali, how When the writing task is nished, draw the
would you explain the situation? If you are Massoud, how would
you try to defend yourself? If you are the judge, how would you try
following table on the board and ask students to
to nd out the truth? Work together to roleplay the scene.
copy it in their notebooks. Tell them that they
WRITING 8 On his way back from pilgrimage, Ali spent some time in Jordan.
Try to design a brochure about some of the things he saw there. should assess their brochure-writing with their
Refer to page 77 for some tips on writing a brochure.
group. When they are done, ask them to revise
their brochure and improve it if they need to, based
on their group self-assessment.
BROCHURE-WRITING CHECKLIST
Yes No Comments
85
Does the brochure
have a specic
purpose?
Speaking
Does the brochure
Page 85, Exercise 7 address a specic
audience?
Explain the roleplay to students. Divide the class
into groups of three; each student takes the role Is there enough
of Ali, Massoud or the judge. For example, Ali asks information in the
brochure for the
Massoud, Where is the money I left in the jar?
audience?
Massoud answers, There was no money in the
jar, only olives. The judge asks Massoud, Are the Does the brochure
olives good? have an attractive
heading?
Give each group time to make their notes. Go
about listening to the different roleplays. Do not Are your words and
stop students while they are performing, but take adjectives carefully
down notes of the mistakes they make for further chosen to persuade
discussion once the activity is over. the audience?
Is the layout
Read your notes on the mistakes students made
appealing?
during the roleplay. Do not say who made them,
simply say the wrong sentence and ask students I can make the brochure better by:
to correct it. If students do not get it, point to the
mistake yourself and explain why it is wrong and
how to correct it.
If you have time, choose one group to perform
their roleplay to the whole class.
See notes on roleplay and assessment tool on page
12 of the Teachers Book.
Answers
107
Reading for fun
Activity Book Answer Key
Second section, pages 79
I remember ...
1. a. likes b. loves c. arrives d. works e. enjoys
1. 1. c 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. b 6. c 7. a 8. b 9. c 10. c 2.
2. -s -es y + -s y + -ies
V E P E N C I L Q S R likes shes enjoys ies
X N L T O Z M O D V Z arrives goes studies
E E H K T U J D S B C climbs
works
B Z W D E S K R E E W
prints
T Y U X B O O K E S E
needs
R E A S O R A N G E A
3. a. want 3. dont want b. works 5. doesnt work
E L Q C O M P U T E R c. ies 1. doesnt y d. go 2. dont go
B L A C K B K L O P E e. demands 4. doesnt demand
I O P I U T R D X S D 4. a. What do the captain and the pilot talk about
E W K J G R E E N M G before the ight?
b. Does Kareem Mahmoud y to Sao Paulo and
Classroom objects: pencil, notebook, desk, book, comes back on the same day?
computer c. Does Salma enjoy working nights?
Colours: yellow, orange, black, red, green d. Where do Kareem Mahmoud and the captain
y every Friday night?
3. 1. is 2. has got 3. is 4. is 5. are e. Do you like dangerous sports?
4. Example answers f. Do you and your friends go out during the
a. Has Tareq got a computer? Yes, he has. weekend?
b. Have Nawal and Salma got a car? No, they 5. a. tells b. prints c. Do, check d. does, close
havent.
e. go, sleep
c. Have Nawal and Salma got football photos in
their bedroom? No, they havent. 6. a. Does Salma work nights or mornings?
d. Have you got an English dictionary? Yes, I b. Salma works nights. She doesnt work
have. mornings.
e. Has Tareq got two brothers? No, he hasnt. c. Do crabbers need experience or patience?
d. Crabbers need experience. They dont need
Module 1 patience.
e. Do rock climbers love danger or safety?
f. Rock climbers love danger. They dont love
First section, pages 67 safety.
1. a. Its half past two. b. Its quarter past ten. 7. 1. Does, enjoy 2. dont 3. enjoy 4. dont want
c. Its ve to six. d. Its quarter to nine. 5. risk 6. need
2. a. needs b. become c. have d. ies e. works 8. Ali Karaki is a diver, but he doesnt enjoy diving in
caves under water, so he doesnt do cave diving.
3. a. dont b. doesnt c. dont d. dont e. doesnt
Where does he dive? He dives in the open sea.
f. dont
He doesnt want to risk his life to reach 100 feet
4. a. Do b. do c. does d. Do e. do f. Do in a cave under water. He doesnt want a big
5. scary animal to eat him.
9. a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 2 e. 3 f. 1
/z/ /s/ /iz/
runs jumps catches 10. a. Scuba diving b. Rock climbing
c. Rock shing d. Horse riding
does wants matches
e. Mountain biking f. Rally driving
108
Third section, page 10 Fourth section, pages 1112
1. 1. In Jordan, some people do dangerous activities to
Name Good points Bad points help poor or ill people. Every year, Alia Fawzi and
Samira Haz do rock climbing to raise money for
Tareq Age: 30 No experience in
poor children.
Experienced mountain climbing
They climb big rocks using ropes and other tools.
rally driver and
Samira says, I am always terribly scared, but I
mountain biker
think of the poor and I climb.
Samira Age:25 Very little
Likes dangerous experience in 2. Mountain biking is riding bicycles over
sports, such as mountain climbing difcult terrain. Mountain bikes have similar
scuba diving characteristics: wide tyres, a large frame tubing
Has medical and dual suspension.
knowledge Mountain biking has four categories: cross
country, downhill, free-ride and street riding.
Ibrahim Experienced Age: 40
This sport requires a lot of skill and self-reliance.
mountain climber
You can do it in your backyard, but generally
and rock climber
mountain bikers ride on country back roads.
Experience in rst
aid 3. a. Mountain climbing and mountain biking
demand experience.
2. Example answers: Tareqs good points are his age
b. Ibrahim is an experienced mountain and
and his experience in rally driving and mountain
rock climber.
biking. His bad point is that he doesnt have any
c. Tareq does caving and mountain biking.
experience in mountain climbing.
d. Crabbing and rock climbing demand a lot of
Samiras good points are her age, the fact that she
experience.
likes dangerous sports and the fact that she has
medical knowledge. Her bad point is that she has 4. Students own answers
only been mountain climbing once. 5. a. Some pilots only y between 30 and 90 hours
Ibrahims good points are his experience in a month and they also work when they are on
mountain and rock climbing as well as his land.
experience in rst aid. His bad point is that he is b. A crabber needs a lot of experience, but a
rather old for the expedition. normal sherman does not need any
3. Students discuss. experience.
c. Flying does not involve physical effort, but it is
4. Example answer: I think the best candidate is
very stressful.
probably Ibrahim because he is an experienced
d. Stuntmen do dangerous activities out of
mountain climber and he also knows rst aid,
necessity, but people who do dangerous sports
which is important on a dangerous expedition
do them because they like danger.
like this one.
What I have learnt, page 13
1. 1. does 2. dont want 3. loves 4. says
5. doesnt like
2. a. I sometimes work nights, but I dont like it.
b. Ali and Samira work at the lm studio.
c. A rally driver enjoys danger.
d. A pilots job is stressful.
e. Do you enjoy rock shing?
3. 1.b 2.c 3.c 4. b 5.c
109
6. a. Floods never happen in my country.
Module 2 b. My mother always throws away my baby
sisters nappies.
c. We sometimes go to the recycling centres to
First section, pages 1415 recycle glass.
1. a. 3 b. 4 c. 2 d. 1 d. At home, we usually recycle junk mail.
e. My friend Ahmad and his family often recycle
2. 1. Climate change 2. global warming aluminium cans.
3. Earths atmosphere 4. carbon dioxide
7. a. How often do you reuse envelopes?
3. a. Walk b. Plant c. Turn, wear d. Wear b. How often does your sister give away old toys?
e. Turn off f. Brush c. How often does your family recycle glass?
4. a. Dont drive b. Do not play d. How often does your teacher throw away junk
c. Do not throw away d. Do not leave mail?
e. Dont take e. How often do you and your classmates turn off
your computers when you leave the room?
5. a. My mother never drives never to work.
b. We always reuse always old paper at home. 8. Example sentences: My sister often turns off the
c. My friends sometimes come sometimes to water when she brushes her teeth. I never do. My
school by car. brother always cycles to work. My family usually
d. I never remember never to turn off the lights. recycles glass bottles. My friend Salma sometimes
e. My father sometimes cycles sometimes to work. turns the computer off when she is not using it.
f. My friends and I never walk never to school. My father never goes on holiday by plane.
9. Example answers: How often does Abla play
Second section, pages 1518 computer games? She never plays computer
1. 1. Get 2. Add 3. Place 4. Look 5. Write games. How often does Saleem turn off the water
6. take, out 7. Cut 8. Look 9. Write while brushing his teeth? He always turns off the
water while brushing his teeth. How often does
2. a. Dont ask your dad to drive you to school! Abla recycle aluminium cans? She sometimes
b. Dont leave the water running when you brush recycles aluminium cans.
your teeth!
c. Dont leave the computer on all the time! 10. Example answers: Abla is a good weather warrior
d. Dont throw away your old toys! because she often turns off the water while
e. Dont buy things you dont need! brushing her teeth, she always wears cool clothes
in summer and turns off the air conditioning
3. 1. Check 2. Rinse, recycle 3. Dont put in in summer. Saleem is a good weather warrior
4. Find 5. Rinse, place 6. Dont recycle because he always recycles tin cans, always turns
4. a. Do people cause global warming? off the water while brushing his teeth and always
Yes, they do. turns off the air conditioning in summer. I ...
b. Do you reuse paper cups? (Students own answer)
(Students own answer)
c. Does your father drive to work every day?
d. How often do you cycle to school?
e. What does your family recycle?
5. 1. is 2. is 3. notice 4. makes 5. warms 6. rises
7. expands 8. makes
110
11. 3. Students discuss.
4
1
F C
2
G
3
A 4. Example answer: I think the best project is making
R L L T a wildower garden in the school garden as it
6
E N V I R O N M E N T
5 does not need a lot of work and the garden will
be very colourful. Also, wildowers will attract
E M B O E
other wildlife, such as birds and butteries to the
Z A A S M garden.
E T L P P
E W H E Fourth section, pages 2021
A E R 1. Our Suns about 5,000 million years old! It heats
R R A the Earths atmosphere. But global warming isnt
M E T the Suns fault. Its peoples fault because they
I U use machines. And machines emit carbon dioxide.
You cant see this gas, but its the main cause
N R
of the trouble. And Im afraid things are getting
G E really bad. Scientists study the Earths climate.
12. ENVIRONMENT They say our planets weather is becoming more
Example answer: The natural world and more violent.
2. Ali: What is the K i ds E c o l o g y Cl u b?
Third section, page 19 Samira: It is a n o n-pr o f i t organisation. It
1. helps young people d e f e nd the
e nv i r o nm e nt.
Name Good points Bad points Ali: And what do you do?
Making a It is easy to You need to Samira: We take part in projects about
bird-friendly attract birds change the k e e p i ng our c i t i e s cl e a n,
environment to a garden. water in the about w a t e r c o ns e rv a t i o n and
You can see birdbath and p o ll u t i o n pr e v e nt i o n, about
different birds provide a lot of gl o b a l cl i m a t e ch a ng e and
all year round. food. e n e rg y c o ns e rv a t i o n.
Making a Butteries are You have to Why dont you join us?
buttery very pretty and grow special 3. Students check answers.
garden are fascinating plants and
to watch. owers for 4. Example answers: When it rains, my father often
butteries and drives me to school. When the Sun warms the
caterpillars. Earths atmosphere, the temperature always
goes up. When I leave a room, I never forget
Making a Wildowers do You have to to turn off the lights. When my mother goes to
wildower not need a lot water the the supermarket, she sometimes takes our used
garden of work. They owers every plastic bags. When my friends go on a picnic,
will attract week. they usually dont reuse their paper cups.
butteries and
5. Students own answers
birds to the
garden, too. 6. Sami and his family use only energy-saving bulbs.
They also turn off the lights when they leave the
2. Example answers: The good points of the proposal room. They like to go on picnics, but they never
for making a bird-friendly environment are: it is use paper cups. They always take real plates and
easy to attract birds and you can see different glasses. They also take real knives and forks.
birds all year round. The bad points are that
you need to change the water in the birdbath What I have learnt, pages 2223
and provide a lot of food. The good point of the
proposal for making a buttery garden is that 1. a. turn down b. turn off
butteries are very pretty and fascinating to c. Dont place, Let, cool down d. Reduce
watch. The bad point is that you have to grow
special plants and owers for the butteries and 2. a. Global warming is the rise in Earths
caterpillars. The good points of the proposal for temperature.
making a wildower garden are: wildowers b. Some gases in the atmosphere catch energy
do not need a lot of work and they will attract from the Sun.
butteries and birds to the garden, too. The bad c. Carbon dioxide is one of these gases.
point is that you have to water the owers every d. When we have too much carbon dioxide,
week. the Earth gets warm.
111
e. Global warming changes our weather. 3. a. There is a hospital near Souk Jara.
3. 1. c 2. b 3. c 4. a 5. c b. There are some handicrafts and antiques in
Souk Jara.
c. There isnt a police station in Souk Jara.
Module 3 d. There is some very cheap fruit in Souk Jara.
e. There arent any policemen in the market.
First section, pages 2425 There is/isnt: a, c, d.
There are/arent: b, e.
1.
4. a. Is there any expensive food in Souk Jara? No,
Areas/Places Activities there isnt.
market games b. Are there any vegetables in the market?
caf shopping Yes, there are.
c. Is there a police station in Souk Jara?
theatre concerts
No, there isnt.
2. a. is an b. are some c. are some d. are some d. Are there any shops and restaurants in Souk
3. a. There arent any tomatoes. Jara? Yes, there are.
b. There arent any lemons. e. Is there a bus station in Souk Jara? No, there
c. There isnt any ice cream. isnt.
d. There arent any eggs. f. Is there any honey in Souk Jara caf? Yes,
there is.
4. a. Are there any mushrooms? No, there arent
any. 5. 1. any 2. some 3. some 4. some 5. some
b. Are there any bananas? Yes, there are some. 6. some
c. Are there any apples? Yes, there are a lot. 6. a. Are there any live animals in the British
d. Are there any cherries? No, there arent any. Museum?
e. Are there any potatoes? Yes, there are some. b. There arent any animals in the British
5. Museum. There are a lot of famous objects.
c. Are there any policemen in Souk Jara?
/z/ /s/ /iz/
d. There arent any policemen in Souk Jara.
eggs cakes boxes There are a lot of restaurants.
owers plants watches e. Are there any old statues in Childrens Museum
cherries apricots peaches Jordan?
pears f. There arent any old statues. There are some
exciting games.
Second section, pages 2528 g. Is there any clothes shop in Childrens Museum
Jordan?
1. Weve got some chocolate biscuits. Weve got h. There are some special gifts. There isnt any
some tea. Weve got some sugar. We havent got clothes shop.
any our. We havent got any sh. We havent 7. 1. is 2. isnt 3. is 4. are 5. are 6. are 7. are
got any onions. We havent got any milk.
8.
2. 1 7
S T R E E T
-s -es y + -s y + -ies 2
M A R K E T
chickens tomatoes days cherries
A
owers peaches ways berries 3
F O O D
cakes boxes ies 4
A N T I Q U E
bridges potatoes
T
Rules to form the plural: I
5
Most nouns add -s at the end of the word. H O N E Y
Nouns ending in -s, -z, -ch, -sh and -x, add -es N
Some nouns ending in -o, add -es. 6
B R E A D
Nouns ending in -y preceded by a vowel, add -s.
Nouns ending in -y preceded by a consonant, L
drop the -y and add -ies. 9. TRADITIONAL
Example answer: being a part of tradition
112
Third section, page 29 I now know , pages 3435
2. Students own answers Revision Modules 13
3. Example answer: Snowdon Aviary is in B1. Take 1. 1. is 2. arrives 3. gets 4. do 5. practise 6. learn
the rst turning on the right. Go past the tapirs 7. includes 8. comes 9. provides 10. need
and cross the bridge. Then take the next left and
there you are. 2. a. What time do you get up on Saturday?
4. Students own answers b. How often do you discuss global warming with
your friends? (Students own answer)
Fourth section, pages 3031 c. What do the rock climber and the artist
1. a. 510,072,000; 148,940,000; 361,132,000 have in common? (Students own answer)
b. 8,511,965; 55,455 c. 1,399 d. 1859; 1906 d. How often does your father reuse envelopes?
e. 2,000 (Students own answer)
e. What can we do to slow down global
2. a. Childrens Museum Jordan is a very exciting warming? (Students own answer)
place where you can learn, explore, discover
and have fun. 3. 1. Take 2. Fold 3. Fold 4. Lift 5. fold 6. Flip
b. There is a library, an art studio, a museum shop 7. lift 8. fold 9. Draw 10. paint
and an imagination playground in Childrens 4. a. Are there any bananas in the bowl?
Museum Jordan. Yes, there are.
c. There are some pears, oranges, lemons and b. Are there any oranges in the bowl?
plums in the kitchen. Yes, there are.
d. I always have potatoes, tomatoes, carrots and c. Are there any grapes in the bowl?
milk on my shopping list. Yes, there are.
e. Eat a lot of vegetables, fruit and milk. They are d. Is there any tea in the bowl?
good for your health. No, there isnt.
3. 1. yoghurt d 2. tomatoes f 3. cheese a e. Are there any tomatoes in the bowl?
4. milk c 5. coffee b 6. chocolate cake e Yes, there are.
4. a. There are over seven million objects in the 5. 1. a 2. a 3. b 4. a 5. c 6. b 7. c 8. c 9. b 10. a

British Museum. However, they are not all on
show. Module 4
b. In the British Museum there is a glass dome,
but in the Louvre there is a glass pyramid.
c. There are a lot of mummies in the Louvre.
First section, pages 3637
However, in the British Museum there are 140 1. a. 2 b. 3 c. 1 d. 5 e. 4
mummies.
d. Dry seasons can be long in some places, but in 2. a. was b. were c. were d. were e. was
other places there are oods. 3. 1. liked 2. studied 3. explored 4. helped
e. Cars produce a lot of carbon dioxide. However, 5. discovered
planes produce much more. 4. a. Was Petra one of the ancient wonders of the
5. Students own answers world?
No, it wasnt.
What I have learnt, pages 3233 b. Were the Hanging Gardens of Babylon in
Jordan?
1. 1. There are 2. there is 3. There are No, they werent.
4. There are 5. there arent c. Was the Great Pyramid of Giza a tomb for
2. 1. any 2. some 3. any 4. some 5. some kings?
Yes, it was.
3. 1. c 2. a 3. c 4. c 5. c
d. Were Pharaohs the kings of England?
No, they werent.
e. Were many of the ancient wonders of the
world destroyed?
Yes, they were.
113
5. 7. The romans started to build the colosseum in 72
/d/ /t/ /id/ CE under the emperor Vespasian. They used it
for entertainment such as sports competitions.
discovered helped started
The Roman emperor welcomed people to enjoy
used walked attracted the shows. The colosseum was also a place for
nished wanted workshops and a fortress too. In summer 2010,
constructed the underground passageways that people used in
the past opened to the public.
Second section, pages 3841 8.
1
1. 1. looked 2. were 3. were 4. walked 5. was W
7 O R L D
2
2. V O T E D
3
+ -d + -ed -y + -ed
-y + + -led + M O N U M E N T
4
-ied -ped P Y R A M I D
5
liked worked enjoyed studied travelled G A R D E N S
6
arrived needed stopped D I S C O V E R
lived walked 9. WONDER
3. a. Did archaeologists build ancient cities? Example answer: a remarkable man-made structure
No, they didnt.
b. Did archaeologists nd ancient cities? Third section, page 42
Yes, they did.
c. Were world wonders special places? 1. Students choose a name for their team.
Yes, they were. 2. Students own questions
d. Did all the ancient wonders last till today? 3. Students own questions and answers
No, they didnt.
e. Was Petra voted one of the new world Fourth section, pages 4243
wonders?
Yes, it was. 1. a. The city of Petra in Jordan was one of the top
4. a. Where did people vote for Petra? locations people chose.
People voted for Petra online. b. Jordans cities always attracted thousands of
b. When did archaeologists discover Petra? visitors.
Archaeologists discovered Petra in the 1800s. c. The Hanging Gardens of Babylon were one of
c. Why did people search for new wonders? the Seven Wonders of the ancient world.
Because many of the ancient wonders d. For thousands of years, the Pyramid of Giza
disappeared. was the tallest building made by man.
d. What did people use to build the cities of e. Some of the ancient wonders didnt change
Jordan? over the years, but some disappeared after
They used the materials around them. many years.
e. Was Petra one of the Seven Wonders of the 2. 1. lived 2. used 3. started 4. attracted 5. visited
ancient world? 6. discovered
No, it wasnt.
3. a. The Great Pyramids of Giza were on the list of
5. a. Did ancient wonders stay the same or change Seven Wonders before the city of Petra.
over the years? b. Scientists discovered that carbon dioxide
b. Ancient wonders changed over the years. damaged cave paintings after people visited
They didnt stay the same. the caves.
c. Were the Hanging Gardens of Babylon an c. Petra attracted more visitors when it was voted
ancient wonder or a new wonder? one of the new Seven Wonders of the world.
d. The Hanging Gardens of Babylon were an d. Ancient people used rocks to make tools
ancient wonder. They werent a new wonder. before they started painting animals.
e. Were Pyramids tombs for kings or ordinary
people?
f. Pyramids were tombs for kings. They werent
tombs for ordinary people.
6. 1. was not / wasnt 2. voted 3. attracted
4. started 5. lasted
114
What I have learnt, pages 4445
Module 5
1. 1. welcomed 2. started 3. visited 4. attracted
5. lasted
First section, page 46
2. a. Why did many countries welcome travellers?
Many countries welcomed travellers to explore 1. a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 2 e. 1
their monuments and cities. 2. a. sat b. stood c. thought d. became
b. When did people start to visit historical places? e. knew
People started to visit historical places a long
3. 1. more professional 2. richer 3. wiser 4. more
time ago.
famous 5. older 6. more pleasant
c. What did travellers visit?
They visited countries with rich historical 4. 1. most loyal 2. most famous 3. most intelligent
places. 4. most logical 5. most pleasant 6. wisest
d. Who did wonders attract?
They attracted visitors from all around the Second section, pages 4750
world.
1. 1. made 2. wrote 3. was 4. found 5. sold
e. Did all wonders last to our present day?
No, they didnt. 2. 1. was 2. wrote 3. solved 4. read 5. passed
6. enjoyed 7. helped
3. 1. c 2. a 3. b 4. b 5. c
3.
Adjectives that form the comparative ...
by adding -er by adding by doubling by dropping -y by adding more ... / irregular
-r nal consonant and adding -ier less ... comparatives
and adding -er
shortshorter wisewiser bigbigger happyhappier more/less logical badworse
hardharder widewider thinthinner more/less professional goodbetter
smallsmaller safesafer More/less important
kindkinder more/less intelligent
more/less pleasant
4. 1. more perceptive 2. less successful

3. less attentive 4. more honest
5. more practical 6. more mysterious
5.
Adjectives that form the superlative ...

by adding -est by adding by doubling by dropping -y adding the most ... irregular
-st nal consonant and adding -iest superlatives
and adding
-est
kindkindest wisewisest hothottest happyhappiest the most famous well-known
best-known
shortshortest widewidest the most logical goodbest
hardhardest the most pleasant
smallsmallest the most professional badworst
the most interesting
the most boring
6. 1. most famous 2. most intelligent 3. most loyal

4. worst 5. most logical
115
7. 1. Who is the most intelligent detective in Fourth section, pages 5253
history? Sherlock Holmes is the most intelligent
1.
detective in history.
2. Which is the best detective series of Mahmoud 20th June 1955 June 20, 20.06.55 6/20/55
Salem? The best detective series of Mahmoud 1955
th
Salem is The Five Adventurers. 15 April April 15, 15.04.11 4/15/11
3. Which is more thrilling: a romantic novel or a 2011 2011
detective novel? A detective novel is more th
25 May 2010 May 25, 25.05.10 5/25/10
thrilling than a romantic novel. 2010
4. Whose detective series are more useful for st
31 September September 31.09.12 9/31/12
children? Mahmoud salems detective series are 2012 31, 2012
more useful for children.
5. Who is the most famous detective in history? 2. a. oldest b. kinder c. harder d. wiser
Sherlock Holmes is the most famous detective e. hottest f. busier g. faster
in history. 3. 1. One very hot day last summer
8. Who was Sherlock Holmes greatest enemy? It 2. Half an hour later
was Professor Moriarty. He was the worst criminal 3. As soon as Max gave the man his mums
in the stories of Sherlock Holmes. He did not address
like Sherlock Holmes and he wanted to stop his 4. before his uncle saw it
detective work. People said he was a genius. He 5. a few minutes after they knocked
was a scientist who worked in a university. Some 6. When she opened the door
people thought he was more intelligent than 7. As they cycled back
Holmes, but Holmes defeated him. Moriarty was 8. When they arrived
less successful than Holmes. 4. Example answer: Mrs Stearns stole the signs
9. because she didnt want to have any neighbours.
9 Max and Nina found out because Mrs Stearns was
P A
1 T I E N T burning the signs in her replace on a very hot
2
I M P R E S S day in summer.
3
L O S S
F What I have learnt, pages 5455
4
M E R C H A N T 1. 1. was 2. travelled 3. lost 4. became 5. sold
5
C O N C L U S I O N 6. found 7. took 8. hid 9. knew 10. gave
S Example sentences:
6
W I S E a. Sherlock Holmes is / was younger than Miss
7
M E T H O D Marple. Hercule Poirot is / was the youngest
N detective.
8 b. Miss Marple is / was older than Sherlock
S E R V A N T Holmes. Miss Marple is / was the oldest
L detective.
10. PROFESSIONAL c. Miss Marple is / was more pleasant than
Hercule Poirot. Miss Marple is / was the
Example answer: related to a job that needs special most pleasant detective.
education and training. d. Sherlock Holmes is / was more professional
than Miss Marple. Sherlock Holmes is / was the
Third section, page 51 most professional detective.
1. a. John Kent used an aeroplane for watering crops e. Hercule Poirot is / was more logical than Miss
to get into the village. Marple. Sherlock Holmes is / was the most
b. He could have used ares to help him see at logical detective.
night. 2. 1. b 2. a 3. a 4. c 5. c
c. The hunters used empty plastic bags to get
water.
d. It was John Kent escaping through the hidden
door in the well.
116
Raq: e. Yes, but not only that. I am not / Im
Module 6 not taking the plane on this holiday. Im
only travelling by train or by boat.
First section, pages 5657 6. 1. are making 2. is driving 3. is taking
4. is going 5. is travelling 6. are, doing
1. a. 4 b. 1 c. 5 d. 2 e. 3 7. am sitting 8. am drinking
2. 1. is having 2. is cycling 3. is sunbathing
4. is, doing 5. is playing 6. is having 7. We left Tabuk ve days ago. Now we are
3. a. Hassan isnt doing scuba diving. approaching the well of Al-Hijr. The people are
b. Sami isnt riding a bike. looking at the water, but they are not drinking
c. Hassan isnt playing chess. a drop. We are following the example of the
d. Hassans father isnt doing rock shing. Prophet; he passed it on his expedition to Tabuk
e. Khaled isnt rock climbing. and gave the order not to drink its waters. We are
4. a. What is Hassan doing? He is cycling up a not stopping here. We are going on to the village
mountain. of Al-Ula. It is half a days journey from Al-Hijr.
b. Is Hassan playing football? No, he isnt. We are now at Al-Ula. We are eating and we are
c. Why isnt Omar playing football? Because its washing our clothes. We are leaving behind all
raining. the things we dont need.
This is the third day after leaving Al-Ula. Our
Second section, pages 5760 caravan is staying in the outskirts of the holy city
of Medina.
1.
Verbs ending in a vowel Verbs ending in a consonant Verbs ending in -y
adding -ing deleting -e changing -ie to adding -ing doubling nal adding -ing
and adding -y and adding consonant and
-ing -ing adding -ing
dodoing havehaving lielying restresting cutcutting enjoyenjoying
sunbathe watch shopshopping staystaying
sunbathing watching
cyclecycling rainraining traveltravelling
2. 1. are having 2. am sunbathing / m sunbathing
3. is swimming 4. is looking / s looking 8.
5. are, having 6. arent lying / are not lying 1
S U N 8
B A T H E
7. are shopping / re shopping E
3. a. Is Hisham having a good time? Yes, he is. 2
R A I N
b. Are Hisham and his family on holiday in Sharm 3
El Sheikh? No, they arent. S A N D C A S T L E
c. Is Hisham swimming? No, he isnt. H
d. Is Faisal sunbathing? No, he isnt. 4
S H I N E
e. Are Hishams mum and his sister shopping?
O
Yes, they are. 5
B U I L D
4. a. What is Hisham doing?
b. Hisham and his family are having their holiday
6
S W I M
in Madaba. D
c. Faisal is swimming. 7
R E L A X
d. What is Faisal looking at?
Y
e. They are shopping.
5. Hakim: a. So, are you having an adventure The hidden expression is: Beach holiday
holiday or on an eco holiday?
Raq: b. Im not having an adventure holiday. Third section, page 61
Im having an eco holiday.
Hakim: c. Whats the difference? Are you visiting 1. 1. are having / re having 2. had 3. didnt enjoy
exotic places or well-known cities? 4. woke up 5. are / re water-skiing
Raq: d. An adventure holiday is visiting exotic 6. are playing
places. It isnt visiting well-known cities.
Hakim: But an eco holiday is also visiting exotic 2. Students own answers
places. 3. Students own answers
117
Fourth section, pages 6263 What I have learnt, pages 6465
1. a. Best Western Bruntseld Hotel 1. 1. am having / m having
69 Bruntseld Place 2. are, doing
Edinburgh 3. are buying / re buying
Lothian 4. are leaving / re leaving
Scotland 5. are, going
EH10 4HH 2. a. Is Hassan having an adventure holiday or an
b. Grand Hills Hotel and Spa eco holiday? Hassan is having / Hassans having
Brummana Main Road an adventure holiday.
Beirut b. Where is / Wheres Hassan having an adventure
Lebanon holiday? Hassan is having / Hassans having an
c. Al Salam Holiday Inn Hotel adventure holiday in New Zealand.
P.O. Box 6582 c. What is / Whats Hassan doing? He is lying /
Jeddah 51452 Hes lying under a tree.
Saudia Arabia d. Why is Hassans dad not cycling up the
d. General Administration mountain? Because he broke his leg.
No. 26 Prince Shaker Bin Zaid Street e. What is Hassans dad doing instead? He is
Shmeisani playing / Hes playing chess with Hassans
Amman younger brother.
Jordan
3. 1. b 2. c 3. b 4. c 5. c
2. I entered Damascus on Thursday, 9th Ramadan,
726 [9th August 1326] and lodged at I now know , pages 6667
Ash-sharabishiya the Malikite College. Damascus
surpasses all other cities in beauty.
The Ummayad Mosque Revision Modules 46
The Mosque is the most magnicent mosque
in the world, the nest in construction and 1. a. When was Petra rediscovered by
noblest in beauty, grace and perfection. Its archaeologists? In the 1800s.
beautys unequalled. The Caliph Walid I [CE b. Why did the Egyptians build the Pyramids? to
705715] built it. He asked the Roman emperor bury their kings
at Constantinople for help. The emperor sent him c. Where were the Hanging Gardens of Babylon?
12,000 men. in Iraq
/.../ d. How many were the wonders of the ancient
The western door is the Door of the Post. In world? seven
the passage outside the door, there are e. What did people use to build Petra? stones
candlemakers shops and a gallery to sell fruit. from the land
The northern door is the Door of the 2. 1. was 2. studied 3. set 4. didnt have 5. gave
Confectioners. Outside, there is also a large 6. didnt become 7. published 8. caught 9. died
passage. On the right, there is a large basin of 10. made
water and lavatories with running water.
3. 1. am having / m having 2. am not doing / m
3. 1. is raining / s raining not doing 3. am not thinking / m not thinking
2. are not lying / arent lying 4. am sitting / m sitting 5. am eating / m eating
3. are not swimming / arent swimming 6. is playing / s playing 7. is shing / s shing
4. is freezing / s freezing 8. is taking / s taking 9. are smiling / re smiling
5. are staying / re staying 10. are, doing
6. am eating / m eating
7. is buying / s buying 4. 1. worst 2. greatest 3. most intelligent
8. are spending / re spending 4. more intelligent 5. wasnt more intelligent
6. best 7. most popular 8. most brilliant
4. 1. After 2. When 3. and 4. and 5. however 9. smaller 10. more dangerous
6. and 7. but 8. After
5. 1. c 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. b 6. b 7. a 8. c 9. a 10. b
118
Reading for fun
2. 1. Its a person in a book or lm. e
2. Its the opposite of open. f
3. Its the opposite of push. a
4. It means simple and ordinary. c
5. Its someone who is stupid. b
6. It means to amuse people. d
3. 1. werent 2. did not 3. anything
4. was not, had 5. did not believe
4. 1. safer 2. better 3. deeper 4. more honest
5. wiser 6. the most perceptive 7. drier 8. best
Activity Book Audioscript
Module 1, First section

Page 7, Exercise 5
jumps runs catches wants does matches

Page 25, Exercise 5
eggs cakes owers cherries boxes plants
pears watches apricots peaches

Page 37, Exercise 5
discovered helped started walked attracted
used nished wanted constructed
119
Learning Strategies
Language Learning Strategies (LLS) are actions or techniques that students use to improve their progress in
developing foreign language skills. These strategies facilitate the internalisation, storage, retrieval and use of
the new language. They are tools for self-directed involvement which is necessary for developing students
communicative ability. According to Oxford (1990), LLS:
allow learners to become more self-directed
expand the role of language teachers
are problem-oriented
involve many aspects, not just the cognitive
can be taught
are exible
are inuenced by a variety of factors
The following are seven learning strategies that EFL teachers can use to promote effective communicative
practices among the students.
Project-based Learning (PBL)

Project-based learning is a learning strategy that is centred on the learner who is to investigate a topic. PBL
reects the real environment students live in and is used to rebuild real-world complexity. The context of
the global project determines the learners perspective on a given task, while subtasks in a smaller context
provide guidance of the learning process. So, project-based learning functions as a bridge between using
English in class and using English in real-life situations outside of class. Learning from doing complex,
challenging and authentic projects requires students resourcefulness and planning, new forms of knowledge
representation in school, expanded mechanisms for collaboration and communication, and support for
reection and authentic assessment.
In Action Pack 7, page 15, the students are required to participate in a project Make a periscope in three
assignments. This requires mechanical motor skills where students follow verbal instructions to construct the
periscope.
Pre
Students are told they are going to follow instructions to make a periscope.
Every student is given a sheet of paper.
During
The teacher (or alternatively a student) reads out the instructions slowly, one at a time, allowing all
students to do the steps.
Students are given time to implement the instructions. A student may be chosen to demonstrate each
step until the periscope is nished.
Post
Students then follow the instructions of the second assignment: using the periscope to nd objects.
In a more challenging project on page 27, students have to read notes to become recycling champions and
suggest solutions to their classmates orally and in the form of a poster.
Pre
Students are put in groups of three or four.
Students are told that each group has to present information about litter and recycling at school in an oral
report and a poster.
The students who will be the recycling champions will make their own separate presentation about
littering and recycling solutions at school.
During
Students are given time to do the rst assignment: exploring a certain area at school to study the issue of
littering and to think of a recycling solution.
Students perform the second assignment: making a poster to present the information.
Post
Students present their work to the class. They may choose who the best recycling champion is.
120
Cooperative/Collaborative Learning (CL)
In cooperative/collaborative learning techniques, learners are placed in situations that require authentic use
of language in order to communicate. When learners work in pairs or teams, they nd they need skills to plan,
organise, negotiate, make their points and arrive at a consensus about issues. They also have to agree on what
tasks to perform, who will be responsible for each task and how information will be researched and presented.
Through cooperative learning, students learn from each other in an environment supportive of group
interaction. Through collaborative learning, students exchange and reect on different views. As project work
is often done in teams, learners improve their capabilities for team-work and collaboration. They gain:
development of higher-order thinking skills
increased self-esteem and self-condence
In turn, the individuals strengths and preferred ways of learning enhance the work of the team as a whole.
These skills have also been identied by learners themselves as important for living successful lives.
Action Pack 7 provides good examples of tasks that require students to work cooperatively/collaboratively.
The following are examples:
Pair work: page 32, exercise 7; page 46, exercise 12; page 58, exercise 11
Group work: page 9, exercise 2; page 39, Project; page 41, exercise 4
Some general guidelines can be followed for all such activities:
Pre
Students are given clear instructions to work in pairs or in groups to perform the task.
During
Students are given enough time to read the task and ask and answer or discuss.
Post
Students may be asked to report their answers to the whole class.
Activity-based Learning
Students choose four categories of personal interest (book, electronic device, collected items, etc.) Then
they select four choices under each category. Students poll each other as to their favourite choice in each
category. Using this information, students enter their results into an electronic word document. From the
many examples of graphs, students choose and create the graph they want to use to represent their data.
Students present their work to the class and discuss it. Students works are bound into a book for future use
and sharing.
Prediction
Prediction is a learning strategy through which EFL students take an interactive role in the learning process.
This interaction is stimulated by the students background knowledge that acts as a catalyst for language
processing during reading or listening activities. Students who have and apply background knowledge in the
reading and listening tasks are able to construct the main idea faster than those who do not. This technique
will also give students a purpose for the task. The students will know what to focus on when they read or
listen, and they will perform the task to determine if their predictions are correct.
The following tasks require students to make predictions about the topic prior to reading or listening by
tapping into their prior knowledge to increase comprehension.
In Action Pack 7, Students Book pages 5 and 11, the students are encouraged to use the pictures to activate
their background knowledge about the job of a pilot, and different dangerous activities respectively. This
motivating pre-listening task makes students ready to comprehend the listening text faster and more easily
and thus perform the subsequent tasks more efciently.
Pre
The teacher reads the instructions:
Page 5, exercise 3: Look at the man in the picture above. What does he do?
Page 11, exercise 6: What do we call the people who do these activities?
The teacher elicits answers from students to direct the discussion of the subject.
Similarly, on pages 17 and 55, students can activate their background knowledge about global warming and
detectives through pictures that serve as prediction techniques for success and efciency in the reading tasks.
Pre
The teacher asks the students what they see in the pictures.
The teacher allows for answers from different students to lead into the discussion of the subject.
121
Questionnaire
The use of a carefully written questionnaire is a strategy that can provide an EFL teacher as well as students
with useful information about the students personality, uency in and motivation for learning English.
The questionnaire need not be long, in fact the shorter the better with the most information extracted or
brought up to the surface. Keeping it simple and aimed at the most students comfortable level is the most
difcult task. Carrying this out in the classroom depends upon how it is presented to the class and explained
by the teacher.
Action Pack 7 makes use of questionnaires to raise the students awareness of various topics, such as their
own selves: whether they like taking risks (Students Book page 12) or of more universal issues such as global
warming (Students Book page 20). The questionnaires are not long; there are just enough questions to help
students focus their attention on the key points of the topic. These questionnaires also serve as a motivating
tool that helps learners learn faster and more efciently.
Pre
Students are told they are going to respond to a questionnaire and that its very important to respond
truthfully.
During
Students are given time to read the questionnaire silently individually or in pairs.
Students are asked to add up the score according to the criteria in the Teachers Book (see pages 25, 34
respectively).
Post
If students score low, they realise their preference and may decide to do more about the issue.
Problem Solving
Divide your class into groups of four or ve. Give each group a problem to work on, such as the following:
You are annoyed by a certain behaviour or characteristic that your friend has. What can you do? Will you
approach him/her to solve this problem?
You borrowed a valuable device from your relative. An accident happened and resulted in the destruction
of this device. What are you going to do or tell your relative?
Your brother or sister has borrowed some money from you for a good cause. A couple of months passed
without them returning the money. How can you ask them about this?
You set an appointment to meet with your friends. You remember later that you have an important family
event. What will you do: go meet with your friends or apologise to them?
Students in their groups work together to identify the problem, explore solutions, look at alternatives and
exchange opinion. They may share their work with other groups to benet from their feedback to modify their
answers. Students will discuss the solutions in their groups.
Finally ask the students some questions to help them evaluate the activity, such as:
What was the most helpful about this exercise?
What did you learn?
What ideas were generated?
Which ones were most interesting?
Jigsaw
Select a reading passage, such as a story or an article. Divide it into parts. Students work in groups. Every
student in a group gets a part of the reading. They read it silently and tell the group about it, orally or in
writing. The members of the group work together to reconstruct the reading, following the correct order of
the parts. Finally they check it against the original one.
122
Assessment Strategies
Assessment is often referred to as the gathering of data. It is ongoing feedback and a necessary component
of the learning process, and should not occur only at the end of learning. Our challenge as English language
teachers is to nd ways to facilitate ongoing feedback for students that will increase their chances to grow
and improve their learning. The following are some important assessment strategies.
Checklists
The teacher creates a checklist based on a rubric. The checklist can be used by the teacher or the students. It
can be used at specic intervals when students are working on a task or at the end of the task. The former is
called an observation checklist and it focuses more on evaluating the process of learning than on the product.
Checklists can also be used for discussion or to be put in portfolios.
In the Communication Workshop in Action Pack 7, page 50, a checklist could be devised to evaluate the
students performance on the task. The same checklist could be used by the teacher or the students. The
items in the checklist are extracted from the instructions in the Students Book. The following is an example
of a self-checklist, i.e. for use by the students.
Self-checklist
Student name: ____________________ Date: _____________________
Topic: A report on wonders of the world Activity: Action Pack 7, Students Book page 50
Place a tick or a cross.
Did I

list 7 touristic locations? _______ ______
write my locations name? _______ ______
say where it is located? _______ ______
describe what it looks like:
how old? _______ ______
what is it used for? _______ ______
is it still in the same location? _______ ______
draw a picture of the location? _______ ______
explain what makes the location so wonderful? _______ ______
Graphic Organisers
A graphic organiser is a visual communication tool that is used to express ideas and concepts. It represents
relationships between facts, terms or ideas within a learning task. It is a map because it can help teachers
and students map out their ideas in a visual manner. There are many similar names for graphic organisers
including: knowledge maps, concept maps, story maps, cognitive organisers, advance organisers, or concept
diagrams.
Graphic organisers which may be considered as learning strategies are also used as a form of assessment.
They reect what the students mind has seen of patterns and relationships.
In Action Pack 7, there are numerous opportunities to use graphic organisers as assessment tools. The
following are a few examples.
123
Compare/Contrast T-chart
Topic: Innitive/past: regular/irregular Activities: Students Book page 45, exercise 6; page 57,
exercises 1 and 2
Place the verbs in the following chart.

live, work, be, like, make, explore, use, receive, discover, disappear, think, open, stand, visit
Regular past tense Irregular past tense
Three-level Tree Diagram

Topic: Final -s sound verbs Activity: Students Book page 14, exercise 4
Place the following verbs in the diagram below.

jumps, falls, turns, begins, smashes, bursts, says
__________
Y-chart
Topic: Final -s sound nouns Activity: Students Book page 31, exercises 2 and 3
Place the following nouns in the following chart.

chickens, eggs, vegetables, tomatoes, apricots, potatoes,
plums, cherries, boxes, pears, peaches, watches, cakes,
plants
124
Sequencing: 5-part Cycle

Topic: Recycling paper Activity: Students Book, Chain of events for Do you
recycle?, page 22, exercise 2
Place the following sentences in the correct order in the following chart.
Recycle all white paper together.

Put all mixed-colour paper together, including magazines and junk mail. Remove plastic stickers.
Check local recycling centres.
Tie newspapers in packs. Remove rubber bands, plastic and anything that is not paper.
Separate paper into three groups: white paper, newspaper and mixed-colour paper.
Cycle of
_____
Sequencing: 6-part Cycle

Topic: Recycling plastic Activity: Students Book, Chain of events for Do you
recycle?, page 22, exercise 2
Place the following sentences in the correct order in the following chart.
Rinse and sort your plastic containers.

Cycle of
Take tops off of plastic containers. _______
Check local recycling programmes to nd out what type of plastic to recycle
and where to take it.
Crush plastic containers to save space in your recycling bin.
Throw out plastic food wraps, yoghurt containers, syrup bottles, nappies and
bottle tops. The plastics industry does not recycle these.
Recycle plastic bags as well as milk, juice, water and other bottles according to the instructions. Wash out
before recycling.
Likert Scale
The Likert Scale is an ordered, one-dimensional scale from which respondents choose one option that best
aligns with their view. A Likert Scale of ve items is very common.
In Action Pack 7 Module 2, students learn to use adverbs of frequency. The following task is an example of
how we can make use of scales in an ELT class. Similar tasks could be used for other concepts such as global
warming and recycling.
Write ve sentences of your own about the weather. Then place a tick in the appropriate box.
My sentences always usually often sometimes never
125
KWL Chart
Student name: _________________ Date: _____________
Topic: Fight Global warming Activities: Module 2
Fill in the following chart about your learning in Module 2.
(K= What I know; W= What I want to know; L= What I have learnt)
Global Warming
K W L
Venn Diagram
Topic: Jobs and activities dangerous/not dangerous Activities: Students Book, page 9, exercise 2
Topic: Jobs and activities boring/exciting Activities: Students Book, page 5, exercise 4
Fill in the following diagram to identify jobs/activities.
dangerous not dangerous boring exciting
Cause-Effect
Topic: Global warming causes and effects Activities: Students Book, page 18, exercises 1 and 2
Fill in the following table about the causes and effects of global warming.
Cause Effect
Why did it happen? What happened?
126
Wordlist
greenhouse gas (M2)
A D ground oor (M3)
absent-minded (M5) damage (M2) guest (M5)
adventure holiday (M6) dangerous (M1)
advertising campaign (M2)
aeroplane (M1)
deduction (M5)
detection (M5)
H
airline (M1) desert (M2) handicraft (M3)
airport (M1) detective (M5) historian (M4)
aluminium (M2) dome (M3) historical (M4)
always (M1) drought (M1) homemade (M3)
amusement park (M6) honey (M3)
analysis (M5) E hospital (M3)
ancient (M4)
Earth (M2) horse riding (M1)
annual (M3)
ecological (M6) humid (M2)
antique (M3)
ecotourism (M6) hypothesis (M5)
apple (M3)
effect (M2)
apricots (M3)
archaeologist (M4)
egg (M3) I
elementary (M5)
architect (M3) ideal (M3)
emission (M2)
arrogant (M5) immodest (M5)
environment (M2)
artist (M1) industry (M2)
every day (M1)
atmosphere (M2) inexpensive (M3)
every month (M1)
attract (M4) instruction (M2)
every week (M1)
aubergine (M3) intelligent (M5)
exciting (M1)
audience (M3) interested (M5)
expect (M4)
interesting (M1)
explore (M4)
B experience (M1) investigation (M5)
beach holiday (M6) expert (M2)
beef (M3) J
boring (M1) F jewel (M5)
bread (M3) journey (M4)
fact (M5)
bridge (M3) jug (M5)
fame (M4)
bury (M4) jumble sale (M2)
ngerprint (M5)
buyer (M4) junk mail (M2)
reman (M1)
sh (M3)
C ight (M1) K
cabin (M1) ight attendant (M1) kind (M5)
cake (M3) ood (M2)
caliph (M6) food (M3) L
carbon dioxide (M2) forecast (M1)
centre (M4) fortress (M6) local (M2)
challenging (M1) friendly (M5) location (M4)
cheese (M3) frightened (M5) logical (M5)
chicken (M3) loss (M5)
fruit (M3)
citizen (M4)
civilisation (M4) G M
climate (M2) Malikite (M6)
clue (M5) gallery (M3)
market (M3)
combination (M4) gas (M2) meat (M3)
conclusion (M5) gardening (M6) member (M5)
container (M2) grace (M6) merchant (M5)
controlled (M1) global warming (M2) method (M5)
courageous (M5) glory (M4) miner (M1)
crime (M5) greengrocer (M3) monument (M4)
127
mosque (M3) to murder (M5)
mountain biking (M1)
S to overcome (M1)
mummy (M3) safari (M6) to phone (M6)
museum (M3) safe (M1) to prevent (M2)
mystery (M5) safely (M5) to pull (M5)
sandcastle (M6) to rain (M6)
N sandstorm (M2) to recycle (M2)
scholar (M6) to relax (M6)
Nabatean (M4) school (M3) to rest (M6)
nappy (M2) scratched (M5) to rinse (M2)
never (M1) scuba diving (M1) to shine (M6)
noble (M6) seller (M4) to slow (M2)
non-prot (M2) servant (M5) to steal (M5)
shop (M3) to sunbathe (M6)
O sights (M3) to survive (M1)
sometimes (M1) to swim (M6)
observation (M5) souvenir shop (M3) to take off (M1)
outdoor (M3) space (M3) to vote (M4)
owner (M5) specialist (M2) to wander (M5)
splendid (M6) to warm up (M2)
P square (M3) tomato (M3)
passenger (M1) store room (M3) tomb (M4)
patient (M5) streak (M2) tornado (M2)
peach (M3) street (M3) tourism (M6)
pear (M3) stuntman (M1) trader (M3)
perceptive (M5) suspect (M5) traditional (M3)
physical (M1) trafc (M3)
pilgrimage (M6) T train station (M3)
plant (M3) traveller (M4)
tea (M3)
plum (M3) technique (M5) treasure (M3)
police ofcer (M5) temperature (M2)
policeman (M1) theatre (M3) U
pollution (M2) thief (M5) underground (M1)
potato (M3) thrill (M1) underground station (M3)
powerful (M2) thrilling (M1)
prison (M3) Umayyad (M6)
thunderstorm (M2)
profession (M1) unique (M4)
to accelerate (M2)
professional (M5) to attract (M4) unpredictable (M2)
psychological (M1) to board (M1) untidy (M5)
pyramid (M4) to build (M6) upper oor (M3)
to bury (M4)
R to camp (M6) V
to check in (M1) vegetable (M3)
rain (M2)
to consist in (M2)
rainforest (M2) victim (M5)
to construct (M4)
railway (M3) violent (M2)
to cover up (M5)
rally driving (M1) to defeat (M1) visitor (M4)
ransom (M5) to expect (M4) vizier (M6)
refuge (M6) to explore (M4) vote (M4)
regain (M4) to freeze (M2)
relaxing (M1) to gain (M4) W
rescue (M2) to get off (M3)
to heat (M2) waiter (M5)
restaurant (M3) walking stick (M5)
to impress (M5)
rock climbing (M1) warrior (M2)
to investigate (M5)
rock shing (M1) weather (M1)
to kidnap (M5)
routine (M1) to land (M1) wise (M5)
to lie (M6) witness (M5)
128 to melt (M2) wonder (M4)

Action Pack 7 TB

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationJordan Teachers Book Grade 7

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Action Pack 7 TB

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Action Pack 7 TB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

K INGDO

Evaluation and Adaptation Committee

Scope & Sequence 4

Module 1 What do you do? 16

Module 2 Fighting global warming 30

Module 3 Visiting places 44

Module 4 Wonders of the ancient world 60

Module 5 Elementary, my dear Watson! 74

Module 6 Im having fun! 88

Revision Modules 46 102

Reading for fun 104

Activity Book Answer Key 108

Learning and Assessment Strategies 120

Module Structures Functions and Activities Vocabulary

Identifying job routines

Identifying issues related to global

Past Simple (irregular

Identifying issues related to adventure

Key components of Action Pack 7

Module Presentation and Outcomes

Before you start

Over to you ...

Find the words

What do you think?

Before you start

Your task is ...

A Your rst assignment / B Your second assignment

Reading for Fun

The Activity Book

What I have learnt

The Teachers Book

The Class Cassette

Careful and frequent evaluation and assessment

Clear teachers notes

Hints for various classroom activities

Assessment of individual students contribution to roleplay activity

Assessment of individual students contribution to brochure writing

Establishing the right atmosphere in the classroom

What do you do?

How to go about the material:

Before you start the rst lesson, introduce yourself

b 10.00 p.m.: I the ight details.

Students Book pages 68

previous class again,

d a y i Nurses (2) ______ have people during

Negative with is/are not

5 Sami is a sherman. Read what he says

Answers about his job, and then rewrite this

Page 6, Exercise 3 (2) at night.

blanks with the corresponding verb in each /z/

(1) you need

Activity Book: Module 1 pages 910

READING 3 Read this interview in pairs.

A psychologist explains the reasons why

Students Book page 10

Have students look at the pictures and read the

do journalists, football players and artists have in 10

To roleplay an interview 2 Your idea of a rst-class